Table of contents for issues of The Computer Journal

Last update: Thu May 30 09:23:10 MDT 2024                Valid HTML 3.2!

Volume 1, Number 1, April, 1958
Volume 1, Number 2, July, 1958
Volume 1, Number 3, October, 1958
Volume 1, Number 4, January, 1959
Volume 2, Number 1, April, 1959
Volume 2, Number 2, July, 1959
Volume 2, Number 3, October, 1959
Volume 2, Number 4, January, 1960
Volume 3, Number 1, April, 1960
Volume 3, Number 2, July, 1960
Volume 3, Number 3, October, 1960
Volume 3, Number 4, January, 1961
Volume 4, Number 1, April, 1961
Volume 4, Number 2, July, 1961
Volume 4, Number 3, October, 1961
Volume 4, Number 4, January, 1962
Volume 5, Number 1, April, 1962
Volume 5, Number 2, July, 1962
Volume 5, Number 3, October, 1962
Volume 5, Number 4, January, 1963
Volume 6, Number 1, April, 1963
Volume 6, Number 2, July, 1963
Volume 6, Number 3, October, 1963
Volume 6, Number 4, January, 1964
Volume 7, Number 1, April, 1964
Volume 7, Number 2, July, 1964
Volume 7, Number 3, October, 1964
Volume 7, Number 4, January, 1965
Volume 8, Number 1, April, 1965
Volume 8, Number 2, July, 1965
Volume 8, Number 3, October, 1965
Volume 8, Number 4, January, 1966
Volume 9, Number 1, May, 1966
Volume 9, Number 2, August, 1966
Volume 9, Number 3, November, 1966
Volume 9, Number 4, February, 1967
Volume 10, Number 1, May, 1967
Volume 10, Number 2, August, 1967
Volume 10, Number 3, November, 1967
Volume 10, Number 4, February, 1968
Volume 11, Number 1, May, 1968
Volume 11, Number 2, August, 1968
Volume 11, Number 3, November, 1968
Volume 12, Number 1, February, 1969
Volume 12, Number 2, May, 1969
Volume 12, Number 3, August, 1969
Volume 12, Number 4, November, 1969
Volume 13, Number 1, February, 1970
Volume 13, Number 2, May, 1970
Volume 13, Number 3, August, 1970
Volume 13, Number 4, November, 1970
Volume 14, Number 1, February, 1971
Volume 14, Number 2, May, 1971
Volume 14, Number 3, August, 1971
Volume 14, Number 4, November, 1971
Volume 15, Number 1, February, 1972
Volume 15, Number 2, May, 1972
Volume 15, Number 3, August, 1972
Volume 15, Number 4, November, 1972
Volume 5, Number 1, 1973
Volume 7, Number 1, 1973
Volume 16, Number 1, February, 1973
Volume 16, Number 2, May, 1973
Volume 16, Number 3, August, 1973
Volume 16, Number 4, November, 1973
Volume 8, Number 1, 1974
Volume 17, Number 1, February, 1974
Volume 17, Number 2, May, 1974
Volume 17, Number 3, August, 1974
Volume 17, Number 4, November, 1974
Volume 18, Number 1, February, 1975
Volume 18, Number 2, May, 1975
Volume 18, Number 3, August, 1975
Volume 18, Number 4, November, 1975
Volume 19, Number 1, February, 1976
Volume 19, Number 2, May, 1976
Volume 19, Number 3, August, 1976
Volume 19, Number 4, November, 1976
Volume 20, Number 1, February, 1977
Volume 20, Number 2, May, 1977
Volume 20, Number 3, August, 1977
Volume 20, Number 4, November, 1977
Volume 21, Number 1, February, 1978
Volume 21, Number 2, May, 1978
Volume 21, Number 3, August, 1978
Volume 21, Number 4, November, 1978
Volume 22, Number 1, February, 1979
Volume 22, Number 2, May, 1979
Volume 22, Number 3, August, 1979
Volume 22, Number 4, November, 1979
Volume 23, Number 1, February, 1980
Volume 23, Number 2, May, 1980
Volume 23, Number 3, August, 1980
Volume 23, Number 4, November, 1980
Volume 17, Number 4, November, 1974
Volume 24, Number 1, February, 1981
Volume 24, Number 2, May, 1981
Volume 24, Number 3, August, 1981
Volume 24, Number 4, November, 1981
Volume 25, Number 1, February, 1982
Volume 25, Number 2, May, 1982
Volume 25, Number 3, August, 1982
Volume 25, Number 4, November, 1982
Volume 26, Number 1, February, 1983
Volume 26, Number 2, May, 1983
Volume 26, Number 3, August, 1983
Volume 26, Number 4, November, 1983
Volume 27, Number 1, February, 1984
Volume 27, Number 2, May, 1984
Volume 27, Number 3, August, 1984
Volume 27, Number 4, November, 1984
Volume 28, Number 1, February, 1985
Volume 28, Number 2, May, 1985
Volume 28, Number 3, July, 1985
Volume 28, Number 4, August, 1985
Volume 28, Number 5, November, 1985
Volume ??, Number ??, August, 1985
Volume 29, Number 1, February, 1986
Volume 29, Number 2, April, 1986
Volume 29, Number 3, June, 1986
Volume 29, Number 4, August, 1986
Volume 29, Number 5, October, 1986
Volume 29, Number 6, December, 1986
Volume 30, Number 1, 1987
Volume 30, Number 2, April, 1987
Volume 30, Number 3, June, 1987
Volume 30, Number 4, August, 1987
Volume 30, Number 5, October, 1987
Volume 30, Number 6, December, 1987
Volume 31, Number 1, February, 1988
Volume 31, Number 2, April, 1988
Volume 31, Number 3, June, 1988
Volume 31, Number 4, August, 1988
Volume 31, Number 5, October, 1988
Volume 31, Number 6, December, 1988
Volume 32, Number 1, February, 1989
Volume 32, Number 2, April, 1989
Volume 32, Number 3, June, 1989
Volume 32, Number 4, August, 1989
Volume 32, Number 5, October, 1989
Volume 32, Number 6, December, 1989
Volume 33, Number 1, February, 1990
Volume 33, Number 2, April, 1990
Volume 33, Number 3, June, 1990
Volume 33, Number 4, August, 1990
Volume 33, Number 5, October, 1990
Volume 33, Number 6, December, 1990
Volume 34, Number 1, February, 1991
Volume 34, Number 2, April, 1991
Volume 34, Number 3, June, 1991
Volume 34, Number 4, August, 1991
Volume 34, Number 5, October, 1991
Volume 34, Number 6, December, 1991
Volume 7, Number ??, 1992
Volume 35, Number 1, February, 1992
Volume 35, Number 2, April, 1992
Volume 35, Number 3, June, 1992
Volume 35, Number 4, August, 1992
Volume 35, Number 5, October, 1992
Volume 35, Number 6, December, 1992
Volume 36, Number 1, 1993
Volume 36, Number 2, April, 1993
Volume 36, Number 3, June, 1993
Volume 36, Number 4, August, 1993
Volume 36, Number 5, October, 1993
Volume 36, Number 6, December, 1993
Volume 36, Number 7, 1993
Volume 36, Number 8, 1993
Volume 37, Number 1, 1994
Volume 37, Number 2, 1994
Volume 37, Number 3, 1994
Volume 37, Number 4, 1994
Volume 37, Number 5, 1994
Volume 37, Number 6, 1994
Volume 37, Number 7, 1994
Volume 37, Number 8, 1994
Volume 37, Number 9, 1994
Volume 37, Number 10, 1994
Volume 38, Number 1, 1995
Volume 38, Number 2, 1995
Volume 38, Number 3, 1995
Volume 38, Number 4, 1995
Volume 38, Number 5, 1995
Volume 38, Number 6, 1995
Volume 38, Number 7, 1995
Volume 38, Number 8, 1995
Volume 38, Number 9, 1995
Volume 38, Number 10, 1995
Volume 39, Number 1, 1996
Volume 39, Number 2, 1996
Volume 39, Number 3, 1996
Volume 39, Number 4, 1996
Volume 39, Number 5, 1996
Volume 39, Number 6, 1996
Volume 39, Number 7, 1996
Volume 39, Number 8, 1996
Volume 39, Number 9, 1996
Volume 39, Number 10, 1996
Volume 40, Number 1, 1997
Volume 40, Number 2/3, 1997
Volume 40, Number 4, 1997
Volume 40, Number 5, 1997
Volume 40, Number 6, 1997
Volume 40, Number 7, 1997
Volume 40, Number 8, 1997
Volume 40, Number 10, 1997
Volume 41, Number 1, 1998
Volume 41, Number 2, 1998
Volume 41, Number 3, 1998
Volume 41, Number 4, 1998
Volume 41, Number 5, 1998
Volume 41, Number 6, 1998
Volume 41, Number 7, 1998
Volume 41, Number 8, 1998
Volume 42, Number 1, 1999
Volume 42, Number 2, 1999
Volume 42, Number 3, 1999
Volume 42, Number 4, 1999
Volume 42, Number 5, 1999
Volume 42, Number 6, 1999
Volume 42, Number 7, 1999
Volume 42, Number 8, 1999
Volume 44, Number 4, 2001
Volume 50, Number 1, 2008
Volume 118, Number 5, May, 2011
Volume 3, Number 4, October / December, 1981


The Computer Journal
Volume 1, Number 1, April, 1958

                        S. Gill   Parallel programming . . . . . . . . . . 2--10
                     E. S. Page   A note on round-off  . . . . . . . . . . 10--10
                  D. T. Caminer   And how to avoid them  . . . . . . . . . 11--14
                  R. A. Brooker   The autocode programs developed for the
                                  Manchester University Computers  . . . . 15--21
                R. G. Dowse and   
                  H. W. Gearing   Mathematics in business  . . . . . . . . 22--24
                     A. Gilmour   The solution of railway problems on a
                                  digital computer: 1  . . . . . . . . . . 25--28
                  A. J. Barnard   The first year with a business computer  29--36
               R. A. Fairthorne   Automatic retrieval of recorded
                                  information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--41
          S. H. Hollingdale and   
                  M. M. Barritt   An application of a computer to wind
                                  tunnel design: 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 42--47

The Computer Journal
Volume 1, Number 2, July, 1958

                   F. Yates and   
                     D. H. Rees   The use of an electronic computer in
                                  research statistics: four years'
                                  experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49--58
                  H. W. Gearing   Statistical foundations for business
                                  forecasts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--63
          S. H. Hollingdale and   
                  M. M. Barritt   An application of a computer to wind
                                  tunnel design: 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--68
                  A. S. Douglas   Computers and commerce: 1  . . . . . . . 69--70
                     D. A. Bell   The principles of sorting  . . . . . . . 71--77
                     A. Gilmour   The solution of railway problems on a
                                  digital computer: 2  . . . . . . . . . . 78--83
                  W. E. Thomson   A modified congruence method of
                                  generating pseudo-random numbers . . . . 83--83
                        S. Gill   A binary form of Horner's method . . . . 84--86
                  P. Shackleton   A model for weekly shop loading  . . . . 87--89
                J. H. Wilkinson   The Calculation of the Eigenvectors of
                                  Codiagonal Matrices  . . . . . . . . . . 90--96

The Computer Journal
Volume 1, Number 3, October, 1958

                   M. V. Wilkes   The second decade of computer
                                  development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--105
                 T. R. Thompson   Four years of automatic office work  . . 106--112
                        A. Muir   Automatic sales forecasting  . . . . . . 113--116
                        F. Beck   Harmonic analysis using a digital
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--117
                   D. W. Martin   Runge--Kutta methods for integrating
                                  differential equations on high speed
                                  digital computers  . . . . . . . . . . . 118--123
                  R. A. Brooker   Further autocode facilities for the
                                  Manchester (Mercury) computer  . . . . . 124--127
         J. A. Fotheringham and   
               M. de V. Roberts   An input routine for the Ferranti
                                  Mercury computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 128--131
                  A. S. Douglas   Computer and commerce: 2 . . . . . . . . 132--137
                  A. S. Douglas   Computers and commerce: 3-stock
                                  recording and control  . . . . . . . . . 137--141
                    J. C. Gower   A Note on an Iterative Method for Root
                                  Extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142--143
                  R. H. Richens   Interlingual machine translation . . . . 144--147
                J. H. Wilkinson   The Calculation of Eigenvectors by the
                                  Method of Lanczos  . . . . . . . . . . . 148--152

The Computer Journal
Volume 1, Number 4, January, 1959

  Rt. Hon. The Earl of Halsbury   Ten years of computer development  . . . 153--159
                 W. G. Moorhead   Aircraft route analysis on a digital
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--162
                     J. M. Watt   A note on the evaluation of
                                  trigonometric series . . . . . . . . . . 162--162
                  J. H. Wensley   A Class of Non-Analytical Iterative
                                  Processes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163--167
                  A. S. Douglas   Computer and commerce: 4 --- management
                                  and control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168--171
                    C. Robinson   DEUCE interpretive programs  . . . . . . 172--176
                   K. M. Howell   A new programming technique for rational
                                  fractions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176--178
              R. H. Gregory and   
                  H. W. Gearing   Electronic computers as tools for
                                  management in the United States of
                                  America: 1956  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--191
                  B. Clarke and   
                   G. E. Felton   The Pegasus autocode . . . . . . . . . . 192--195
                    C. D. Allen   A method for the reduction of empirical
                                  multi-variable functions . . . . . . . . 196--200


The Computer Journal
Volume 2, Number 1, April, 1959

                  A. S. Douglas   Technique for the recording or, and
                                  reference to data in a computer  . . . . 1--9
                 J. M. Harrison   Some helicopter simulation studies . . . 10--23
                  D. J. Wheeler   Note on the Runge--Kutta method of
                                  integrating ordinary differential
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23--23
                 D. C. Hemy and   
                    W. J. Kease   The study of the application of a
                                  computer to production control . . . . . 24--38
                 B. J. Loopstra   The X-1 computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 39--43
                  A. D. Woolner   Test programs for HEC  . . . . . . . . . 44--47
                  P. F. Windley   Transposing matrices in a digital
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--48

The Computer Journal
Volume 2, Number 2, July, 1959

                  P. F. Windley   The influence of storage access time on
                                  merging processes in a computer  . . . . 49--53
                   J. P. Cleave   Algorithms for formula translation . . . 53--54
                    F. J. Berry   Intercode, a simplified coding scheme
                                  for AMOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--58
                   R. Neate and   
                    W. J. Dacey   A simulation of melting shop operations  59--67
                     P. M. Hunt   The Ferranti Perseus data-processing
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--75
              R. C. Brigham and   
                     C. G. Bell   A translation routine for the DEUCE
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76--84
                      G. Cuttle   Where next? Some conjectures on the
                                  future of the large-scale computer in
                                  integrated commercial work . . . . . . . 85--86
              E. E. Bernard and   
                  P. D. A. Mole   Generating strategies for continuous
                                  separation processes . . . . . . . . . . 87--89
                    C. Strachey   On taking the square root of a complex
                                  number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--89
                     F. I. Musk   A Monte Carlo simulation of a production
                                  planning problem . . . . . . . . . . . . 90--94
                R. W. Jones and   
                  A. S. Douglas   Correspondence: Sorting by Merging . . . 95--96
              Thos. H. O'Beirne   Correspondence: Gray or Gros?  . . . . . 96--96

The Computer Journal
Volume 2, Number 3, October, 1959

                J. A. Goldsmith   The state of the art --- (a) Commercial
                                  computers in Britain, June 1959  . . . . 97--99
                  A. S. Douglas   The state of the art --- (b) Computers
                                  in British universities  . . . . . . . . 100--102
                   A. G. Wright   A business application of a digital
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103--104
                C. W. Mallinson   Problems of local authorities in data
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--107
                  H. W. Gearing   Symposium on the selection and training
                                  of programmers --- 1: a business user's
                                  approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--109
                        S. Gill   Current theory and practice of automatic
                                  programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--114
                 J. F. A. Bryen   The introduction and establishment of a
                                  system of computer production control in
                                  a light engineering factory  . . . . . . 115--118
                G. B. Griffiths   Symposium on experiences with the use of
                                  magnetic tape --- 1: magnetic tapes on a
                                  Ferranti Pegasus . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--119
                  P. B. Livesey   Symposium on experiences with the use of
                                  magnetic tape --- 2: magnetic films on a
                                  National-Elliott 405 . . . . . . . . . . 120--121
                   S. Takahashi   Development of Japanese digital
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--129
                   L. B. Wilson   Solution of certain large sets of
                                  equations on Pegasus using matrix
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--133
                        J. Vine   Application of a combination of analogue
                                  and digital computers to electron
                                  trajectory tracing . . . . . . . . . . . 134--144
                  J. P. O'Brien   Note on decomposition into first order
                                  of multi-order linear differential
                                  equations with constant coefficients . . 144--144
                    G. S. Galer   The use of computers for economic
                                  planning in the petroleum chemical
                                  industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--150

The Computer Journal
Volume 2, Number 4, January, 1960

                  T. C. Hickman   Early experiences with an E.D.P. system  152--163
                     P. Redfern   Experience in using a Deuce computer for
                                  the family expenditure survey  . . . . . 164--169
                 C. W. Clenshaw   Curve fitting with a digital computer    170--173
                  J. S. Hornsby   A function interpretive scheme for
                                  Pegasus  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--180
                  A. R. Edmonds   The generation of pseudo-random numbers
                                  on electronic digital computers  . . . . 181--185
                     R. L. Cook   Time-sharing on the National-Elliott 802 185--188
                  R. A. Brooker   Some techniques for dealing with
                                  two-level storage  . . . . . . . . . . . 189--194
                D. Milledge and   
                    M. J. Mills   Forecasting election results . . . . . . 195--198
                           Anon   Note on commissioning of LEO automatic
                                  office at the Ministry of Pensions and
                                  National Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . 198--198
                     E. S. Page   Theoretical considerations of routine
                                  maintenance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199--204


The Computer Journal
Volume 3, Number 1, April, 1960

                   R. L. Sutton   The first year's experience with a large
                                  computer in a life assurance office  . . 2--9
                D. G. N. Hunter   Note on a test for repeating cycles in a
                                  pseudo-random number generator . . . . . 9--9
                 T. R. Thompson   Problems of auditing computing data:
                                  internal audit practice and external
                                  audit theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--11
                 F. C. de Paula   Problems of auditing computer data.
                                  Section 2: The external auditor and
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11--14
              P. F. Windley and   
                  L. R. Kay and   
               A. Rowland-Jones   Data processing in university
                                  administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--20
             A. H. Cockayne and   
                        E. Hyde   Prime number code for information
                                  retrieval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--22
                J. H. Wilkinson   Householder's Method for the Solution of
                                  the Algebraic Eigenproblem . . . . . . . 23--27
               D. W. Barron and   
       H. P. F. Swinnerton-Dyer   Solution of simultaneous linear
                                  equations using a magnetic-tape store    28--33
                 R. K. Livesley   The analysis of large structural systems 34--39
                  N. V. Findler   Some remarks on the game `dama' which
                                  can be played on a digital computer  . . 40--44
                     K. T. Boyd   Simultaneous equations and linear
                                  programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--46
                 D. G. Papworth   Computers and change-ringing . . . . . . 47--50
                   R. H. Tizard   Conversion between analogue and digital
                                  measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--59

The Computer Journal
Volume 3, Number 2, July, 1960

              A. S. Douglas and   
                 A. J. Mitchell   AUTOSTAT: a language for statistical
                                  data processing  . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--66
                     M. Woodger   An introduction to ALGOL 60  . . . . . . 67--75
                   M. A. Wright   Mechanizing a large index  . . . . . . . 76--83
                  P. F. Windley   Trees, forests and rearranging . . . . . 84--88
                  E. W. Solomon   A comprehensive program for network
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--97
               F. G. Duncan and   
              D. H. R. Huxtable   The DEUCE Alphacode translator . . . . . 98--107
                     A. Gibbons   A program for the automatic integration
                                  of differential equations using the
                                  method of Taylor series  . . . . . . . . 108--111
                J. C. P. Miller   Note on the numerical evaluation of a
                                  first derivative from a table of a
                                  function satisfying a second order
                                  differential equation  . . . . . . . . . 112--113
                    C. Strachey   Two contributions to the techniques of
                                  queuing problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 114--116

The Computer Journal
Volume 3, Number 3, October, 1960

                   D. W. Polley   A progress report on the introduction of
                                  A.D.P. for recording contributions paid
                                  under the new graduated pensions scheme  117--120
                   L. D. Slater   Problems of the introduction of large
                                  scale data processing into the Royal
                                  Army Pay Corps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120--123
               C. B. Warmington   The first year's production on a
                                  computer, and future plans . . . . . . . 124--127
                      R. Hindle   A bank adopts automatic data processing  127--130
               R. A. Buckingham   The organization of a university
                                  computer centre  . . . . . . . . . . . . 131--135
                   F. Yates and   
                  H. R. Simpson   A general program for the analysis of
                                  surveys  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--140
                     R. L. Cook   Market surveys with a small computer . . 140--142
                   J. A. Gosden   Market research applications on LEO  . . 142--143
                    R. M. Paine   Automatic coding for business
                                  applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144--149
                    P. V. Youle   Simulation of full-scale multi-stage
                                  batchwise chemical plant . . . . . . . . 150--157
                  J. M. Dempsey   Some aspects of simulator design . . . . 158--161
                 P. F. King and   
                     D. A. Peel   An analysis of a hydro-electric system   161--163
                      L. Clarke   Notes on the state of digital computing
                                  in the U.S.S.R.  . . . . . . . . . . . . 164--167
              R. A. Brooker and   
                      D. Morris   An assembly program for a phrase
                                  structure language . . . . . . . . . . . 168--174
               H. H. Rosenbrock   An automatic method for finding the
                                  greatest or least value of a function    175--184

The Computer Journal
Volume 3, Number 4, January, 1961

                    A. J. Platt   The experience of applying a commercial
                                  computer in a British organization . . . 185--197
                D. J. L. Hughes   Computer production control --- the
                                  second year  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198--201
               H. M. c. G. Ross   Considerations in choosing a character
                                  code for computers and punched tapes . . 202--210
                 J. G. Thompson   An introduction to analogue computer
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--219
              R. A. Brooker and   
                      D. Morris   Some proposals for the realization of a
                                  certain assembly program . . . . . . . . 220--231
                     A. Gibbons   Running Pegasus autocode programs on
                                  Mercury  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232--236
              J. S. Appleby and   
                D. V. Blake and   
                   E. A. Newman   Techniques for producing school
                                  timetables on a computer and their
                                  application to other scheduling problems 237--245
                   A. Young and   
                      G. Almond   Predicting distributions of staff  . . . 246--250
                  J. C. Butcher   Random sampling from the normal
                                  distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251--253
              J. M. Bennett and   
                    R. J. Dakin   Computers as an aid in computer design
                                  assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253--256
                  H. H. Johnson   Optimum time for multiplication on a
                                  digital computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 256--261
                     I. J. Good   A comparison of some methods of
                                  calculating covariance functions on an
                                  electronic computer  . . . . . . . . . . 262--265
                  J. H. Cadwell   A least squares surface fitting program  266--269
                   D. B. Hunter   An iterative method of numerical
                                  differentiation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--271
                     W. Barrett   Convergence properties of Gaussian
                                  quadrature formulae  . . . . . . . . . . 272--277


The Computer Journal
Volume 4, Number 1, April, 1961

                   M. V. Wilkes   Data transmission and the new outlook
                                  for the computer field . . . . . . . . . 1--9
                   H. D. Huskey   Compiling techniques for algebraic
                                  expressions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--19
                   F. Yates and   
                  H. R. Simpson   The analysis of surveys: processing and
                                  printed the basic tables . . . . . . . . 20--24
                   B. R. Taylor   Experience with a digital computer in an
                                  aeroplane testing establishment  . . . . 25--29
                  H. W. Gearing   The use of Pegasus Autocode in some
                                  experimental business applications of
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30--34
                 P. A. Long and   
                 E. H. Truslove   Data transmission --- problems and
                                  prospects  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34--37
                   M. A. Wright   Matching inquiries to an index . . . . . 38--41
                  G. J. Herring   Book review: \em Analogue Computation in
                                  Engineering Design, by A. E. Rogers and
                                  T. W. Connolly, 1960 . . . . . . . . . . 41--41
             J. M. M. Pinkerton   The evolution of design in a series of
                                  computers, LEO I--III  . . . . . . . . . 42--46
             P. M. Woodward and   
                  D. P. Jenkins   Atoms and lists  . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--53
                  M. A. Cayless   Solution of systems of ordinary and
                                  partial differential equations by
                                  quasi-diagonal matrices  . . . . . . . . 54--61
                    C. E. Maley   The effect of parameters on the roots of
                                  an equation system . . . . . . . . . . . 62--63
                     A. Ralston   Some theoretical and computational
                                  matters relating to predictor-corrector
                                  methods of numerical integration . . . . 64--67
                 A. W. O. Firth   Optimization problems: solution by an
                                  analogue computer  . . . . . . . . . . . 68--72
                    B. A. Carre   The determination of the optimum
                                  accelerating factor for successive
                                  over-relaxation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--79
            C. V. D. Forrington   Extensions of the predictor-corrector
                                  method for the solution of systems of
                                  ordinary differential equations  . . . . 80--85

The Computer Journal
Volume 4, Number 2, July, 1961

                 M. B. Williams   Present and future facilities for data
                                  transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88--95
                     P. A. Long   A data transmission survey . . . . . . . 95--102
                E. P. G. Wright   Data collection and transmission . . . . 103--109
                     K. S. Hope   SABER: a real time problem in
                                  tele-processing  . . . . . . . . . . . . 109--113
                   E. A. Newman   Some comments on character recognition   114--120
               M. B. Clowes and   
                    J. R. Parks   A new technique in automatic character
                                  recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--128
            R. L. Grimsdale and   
               J. M. Bullingham   Character recognition by digital
                                  computer using a special flying-spot
                                  scanner  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--136
                I. W. Merry and   
                   G. O. Norrie   Character quality and scanner
                                  organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--144
                  A. S. Douglas   The impact of computers on documentation 145--149
                    G. Jennings   A direct ordering, recording and
                                  invoicing system . . . . . . . . . . . . 150--156
                      R. Hindle   Character recognition and document
                                  handling in banks  . . . . . . . . . . . 157--160
                 J. B. Stringer   The place of character recognition, data
                                  transmission and document handling in
                                  A.D.P. systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161--167
                C. Strachey and   
               J. G. F. Francis   The reduction of a matrix to codiagonal
                                  form by eliminations . . . . . . . . . . 168--176
              J. S. Rollett and   
                J. H. Wilkinson   An efficient scheme for the
                                  co-diagonalization of a symmetric matrix
                                  by Givens' method in a computer with a
                                  two-level store  . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--180
                  A. R. Bagshaw   Organization of a computing service for
                                  industry and commerce  . . . . . . . . . 181--184

The Computer Journal
Volume 4, Number 3, October, 1961

              R. O. Bennett and   
                 J. B. Stringer   Acceptance trials of computer systems
                                  for government use . . . . . . . . . . . 185--196
        T. G. H. Braunholtz and   
               A. G. Fraser and   
                     P. M. Hunt   NEBULA: a programming language for data
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--211
                         L. Fox   Computing machines for teaching and
                                  research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212--216
                   P. R. Bagley   Improving problem-oriented language by
                                  stratifying it . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217--221
                 T. Kilburn and   
              D. J. Howarth and   
                R. B. Payne and   
                   F. H. Sumner   The Manchester University Atlas
                                  operating system part I: internal
                                  organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222--225
              D. J. Howarth and   
                R. B. Payne and   
                   F. H. Sumner   The Manchester University Atlas
                                  operating system part II: users'
                                  description  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226--229
                J. H. Wilkinson   Rigorous Error Bounds for Computed
                                  Eigensystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230--241
               D. W. Martin and   
                      G. J. Tee   Iterative methods for linear equations
                                  with symmetric positive definite matrix  242--254
               C. B. Haselgrove   The solution of non-linear equations and
                                  of differential equations with two-point
                                  boundary conditions  . . . . . . . . . . 255--259
              J. H. Cadwell and   
                 D. E. Williams   Some orthogonal methods of curve and
                                  surface fitting  . . . . . . . . . . . . 260--264
               J. G. F. Francis   The $QR$ transformation a unitary
                                  analogue to the $LR$ transformation ---
                                  part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265--271

The Computer Journal
Volume 4, Number 4, January, 1962

                       F. Yates   Computers in research --- promise and
                                  performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273--279
              J. S. Rollett and   
                J. H. Wilkinson   Letter to the Editor: [Givens and
                                  Householder processes] . . . . . . . . . 279--279
                    J. C. Gower   The handling of multiway tables on
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280--286
                   L. J. Slater   Regression analysis  . . . . . . . . . . 287--291
                  R. W. Hockney   ABS12 ALGOL: an extension to Algol 60
                                  for industrial use . . . . . . . . . . . 292--300
                       E. Humby   RAPIDWRITE --- a new approach to COBOL
                                  readability  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301--304
                   P. R. Bagley   Principles and problems of a Universal
                                  Computer-Oriented Language . . . . . . . 305--312
                 C. C. Leighton   Control gear simulation for an automatic
                                  car park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313--316
                         L. Fox   Chebyshev methods for ordinary
                                  differential equations . . . . . . . . . 318--331
               J. G. F. Francis   The $QR$ transformation --- part 2 . . . 332--345
                 D. Kershaw and   
                       S. Vajda   The Economics of Dumping from Electronic
                                  Computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346--348


The Computer Journal
Volume 5, Number 1, April, 1962

                 D. V. Cheesman   A small business computer at work  . . . 1--6
                   D. R. Palmer   A stock-control and invoicing system
                                  using a Gamma 3 computer . . . . . . . . 7--9
                 C. A. R. Hoare   Quicksort  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--16
       H. P. F. Swinnerton-Dyer   The calculation of power spectra . . . . 16--23
              W. G. Proctor and   
                 M. F. Mitchell   The PACE scaling routine for Mercury . . 24--27
               D. C. Cooper and   
                   H. Whitfield   ALP: an autocode list-processing
                                  language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--32
                J. H. Wilkinson   Book Review: \em Solutions Numériques des
                                  Équations Algébraiques, by E. Durand
                                  (Paris: Masson et Cie., 1960, pp. 328,
                                  65 NF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--32
              R. A. Brooker and   
                  D. Morris and   
                     J. S. Rohl   Trees and routines . . . . . . . . . . . 33--47
                    D. J. Evans   Note on the line over-relaxation factor
                                  for small mesh size  . . . . . . . . . . 48--50
                 B. A. Chartres   Adaptation of the Jacobi method for a
                                  computer with magnetic-tape backing
                                  store  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--60
                J. H. Wilkinson   Instability of the Elimination Method of
                                  Reducing a Matrix to Tri-Diagonal Form   61--70

The Computer Journal
Volume 5, Number 2, July, 1962

              A. E. Checksfield   The first computer in Rhodesia . . . . . 79--87
                D. H. Kelly and   
                   J. N. Buxton   MONTECODE --- an interpretive program
                                  for Monte Carlo simulations  . . . . . . 88--93
                    R. Grimmond   An analysis of real and simulated
                                  statistics for system design purposes    94--99
               A. R. Curtis and   
                     I. C. Pyle   A proposed target language for compilers
                                  on Atlas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100--106
                 A. d'Agapeyeff   Current developments in commercial
                                  automatic programming  . . . . . . . . . 107--111
               R. F. Clippinger   FACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--125
                 E. W. Dijkstra   Operating experience with ALGOL 60 . . . 125--127
                 C. A. R. Hoare   Report on the Elliott ALGOL translator   127--129
                   F. G. Duncan   Implementation of ALGOL 60 for the
                                  English Electric KDF9  . . . . . . . . . 130--131
                  A. E. Glennie   Operating experience with FORTRAN  . . . 132--139
                D. C. Handscomb   Computation of the latent roots of a
                                  Hessenberg matrix by Bairstow's method   139--141
             A. R. Mitchell and   
                   R. P. Pearce   High accuracy difference formulae for
                                  the numerical solution of the heat
                                  conduction equation  . . . . . . . . . . 142--146
                M. J. D. Powell   An iterative method for finding
                                  stationary values of a function of
                                  several variables  . . . . . . . . . . . 147--151

The Computer Journal
Volume 5, Number 3, October, 1962

                M. A. Kingsbury   Operating experience with COBOL in a
                                  service bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--158
                  A. S. Cormack   Early operating experience with Language
                                  H  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158--161
                  A. R. Rousell   A progress report on NEBULA  . . . . . . 162--163
                 T. R. Thompson   Fundamental principles of expressing a
                                  procedure for a computer application . . 164--169
                        Various   Discussion: Session 2: 17 April 1962 . . 170--176
                   F. G. Duncan   Errata: ``Implementation of ALGOL 60 for
                                  the English Electric KDF9''  . . . . . . 176--176
               R. F. Clippinger   COBOL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--180
               R. F. Clippinger   Information algebra  . . . . . . . . . . 180--192
                     R. B. Baer   Note on an extremum locating algorithm   193--193
               J. N. Buxton and   
                    J. G. Laski   Control and simulation language  . . . . 194--199
               J. K. Iliffe and   
                   J. G. Jodeit   A dynamic storage allocation scheme  . . 200--209
                  C. L. Hamblin   Translation to and from Polish notation  210--213
                     E. S. Page   On the scheduling of jobs by computer    214--220
                 J. M. Watt and   
                       A. Young   An attempt to simulate the liver on a
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--227
             H. C. Thacher, Jr.   An iterative method for quadratures  . . 228--229
                     R. A. Sack   Newton--Cotes type quadrature formulas
                                  with terminal corrections  . . . . . . . 230--237
              D. J. Howarth and   
                P. D. Jones and   
                     M. T. Wyld   The Atlas scheduling system  . . . . . . 238--246

The Computer Journal
Volume 5, Number 4, January, 1963

                    D. W. Moore   Accounting for the soldier's pay . . . . 249--257
                   W. S. Caskey   Accounting for the soldier's pay ---
                                  organization of programming  . . . . . . 258--263
                J. H. Wilkinson   Book Review: \em Solutions Numériques des
                                  Équations Algébraiques, Volume II, by E.
                                  Durand (Paris: Masson et Cie., 1961, pp.
                                  445, 90 NF)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--263
               R. P. Thorby and   
                    B. Benjamin   The application of the electronic
                                  computer to the 1961 population census
                                  of Great Britain . . . . . . . . . . . . 264--270
                   R. G. Massey   Computers in a new steelworks  . . . . . 271--275
                   J. A. Gosden   Estimating computer performance  . . . . 276--283
                 J. D. W. Janes   Measuring the profitability of a
                                  computer system  . . . . . . . . . . . . 284--293
                       A. Young   The impact on universities of the
                                  expansion in their computer facilities   294--296
                 F. D. Robinson   The background of the PERT algorithm . . 297--300
                    S. Lambourn   Resource allocation and multi-project
                                  scheduling (RAMPS) --- a new tool in
                                  planning and control . . . . . . . . . . 300--304
                   J. F. Wilson   Experience in transmitting accounting
                                  data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305--307
                  K. W. Pearson   Satellite communications . . . . . . . . 308--312
                   F. Yates and   
                J. C. Gower and   
                  H. R. Simpson   A specialized autocode for the analysis
                                  of replicated experiments  . . . . . . . 313--319
                   R. L. Boyell   The method of successive grids for
                                  reduction of function storage
                                  requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320--321
              J. D. Lambert and   
                 A. R. Mitchell   The use of higher derivatives in
                                  quadrature formulae  . . . . . . . . . . 322--327
                D. J. Evans and   
            C. V. D. Forrington   Note on the solution of certain
                                  tri-diagonal systems of linear equations 327--328
               H. H. Rosenbrock   Some general implicit processes for the
                                  numerical solution of differential
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329--331
                     J. M. Watt   The realization of ALGOL procedures and
                                  designational expressions  . . . . . . . 332--337
               J. M. Gerard and   
                     A. Sambles   A hardware representation for ALGOL 60
                                  using Creed teleprinter equipment  . . . 338--340
                   F. G. Duncan   Input and output for ALGOL 60 on KDF 9   341--344
                 C. A. R. Hoare   The Elliott ALGOL input/output system    345--348
               J. W. Backus and   
                F. L. Bauer and   
                   J. Green and   
                    C. Katz and   
                J. McCarthy and   
                    P. Naur and   
               A. J. Perlis and   
             H. Rutishauser and   
                K. Samelson and   
                B. Vauquois and   
             J. H. Wegstein and   
         A. van Wijngaarden and   
                     M. Woodger   Revised report on the algorithmic
                                  language ALGOL 60  . . . . . . . . . . . 349--367


The Computer Journal
Volume 6, Number 1, April, 1963

                    J. Drummond   Some aspects of recording graduated
                                  national insurance contributions . . . . 1--4
                J. R. Hopkinson   Integrated accounting using a variety of
                                  equipment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--6
                     W. S. Ryan   LEAPS --- the first three years  . . . . 6--13
                   A. F. George   SAS aids for the jet age:
                                  telecommunication for electronic
                                  reservations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14--17
                     D. J. Dace   Experience in the practical use of data
                                  transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--23
                    J. W. Lewis   Time sharing on LEO III  . . . . . . . . 24--28
                    M. R. Mills   Operational experience of time sharing
                                  and parallel processing  . . . . . . . . 28--36
                L. H. Underhill   The growth of complexity of a
                                  general-purpose program  . . . . . . . . 37--38
                      R. Palmer   Computer calculations on the initiation
                                  of high-explosive detonation . . . . . . 39--43
               D. W. Barron and   
                  D. F. Hartley   Techniques for program error diagnosis
                                  on EDSAC 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44--49
                    H. McG Ross   A convention to distinguish letter O
                                  from numeral zero  . . . . . . . . . . . 49--49
                      B. Higman   What EVERYBODY should know about ALGOL   50--56
                 M. J. R. Healy   Programming multiple regression  . . . . 57--61
               A. H. Stroud and   
                     D. Secrest   A multiple-precision floating-point
                                  interpretive program for the Control
                                  Data 1604  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--66
                 A. J. T. Colin   Note on coding reverse Polish
                                  expressions for single-address computers
                                  with one accumulator . . . . . . . . . . 67--68
                         L. Fox   Partial differential equations . . . . . 69--74
                 D. M. Collison   Note on a method of forming a sorting
                                  key for a partly ordered list, and an
                                  application  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74--74
                 D. Mustard and   
               J. N. Lyness and   
                    J. M. Blatt   Numerical quadrature in n dimensions . . 75--87
             C. W. Clenshaw and   
                   H. J. Norton   The solution of nonlinear ordinary
                                  differential equations in Chebyshev
                                  series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88--92
                  M. R. Osborne   Iterative procedures for solving
                                  finite-difference approximations to
                                  separable partial differential equations 93--99
               J. M. Ortega and   
                   H. F. Kaiser   The $LL^{\rm T}$ and $QR$ Methods for
                                  Symmetric Tridiagonal Matrices . . . . . 99--101
                     D. Elliott   A Chebyshev series method for the
                                  numerical solution of Fredholm integral
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102--112

The Computer Journal
Volume 6, Number 2, July, 1963

                    D. A. Brace   Direct coding of English language names  113--117
               T. H. Anstey and   
                  K. W. Smillie   Use of a remote digital computer on an
                                  open-shop basis in agricultural research 118--120
                    B. Kitz and   
                       S. Vajda   A program to study the effect of random
                                  delays on the ability of trains to runs
                                  to a schedule  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--128
                        S. Gill   A technique for the composition of music
                                  in a computer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--133
               D. W. Barron and   
               J. N. Buxton and   
              D. F. Hartley and   
                   E. Nixon and   
                    C. Strachey   The main features of CPL . . . . . . . . 134--143
                L. A. Edelstein   `Picture logic' for `Bacchus' a
                                  fourth-generation computer . . . . . . . 144--153
                  M. Lehman and   
                   R. Eshed and   
                      Z. Netter   The checking of computer logic by
                                  simulation on a computer . . . . . . . . 154--162
                R. Fletcher and   
                M. J. D. Powell   A rapidly convergent descent method for
                                  minimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163--168
                  H. E. Wrigley   Accelerating the Jacobi method for
                                  solving simultaneous equations by
                                  Chebyshev extrapolation when the
                                  eigenvalues of the iteration matrix are
                                  complex  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169--176
                      G. J. Tee   A novel finite-difference approximation
                                  to the biharmonic operator . . . . . . . 177--192
                    D. J. Evans   The extrapolated modified Aitken
                                  iteration method for solving elliptic
                                  difference equations . . . . . . . . . . 193--201
                  I. M. Khabaza   An iterative least-square method
                                  suitable for solving large sparse
                                  matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202--206
              R. E. Scraton and   
                   J. W. Searle   Note on the numerical solution of linear
                                  differential equations with constant
                                  coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206--207

The Computer Journal
Volume 6, Number 3, October, 1963

                  D. G. Russell   The problems of data transmission
                                  systems in a general manufacturing dat
                                  processing installation  . . . . . . . . 210--213
                  F. G. Chapman   Use of large computers at a distance . . 214--218
                    L. B. Davey   Data preparation and transmission in the
                                  Royal Air Force integrated supply system 219--222
                    K. L. Smith   The views of the data transmission
                                  committee  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222--227
                      Anonymous   Discussion forum --- the systems
                                  approach to data transmission  . . . . . 228--231
                      D. Michie   Experiments on the mechanization of
                                  game-learning Part I. Characterization
                                  of the model and its parameters  . . . . 232--236
                  E. R. Kermode   Correspondence: On ``Direct coding of
                                  English language names'' . . . . . . . . 236--236
                 W. Barrett and   
                 A. J. Mitchell   An extended autocode for Pegasus . . . . 237--240
                     E. S. Page   A note on assignment problems  . . . . . 241--243
                     D. A. Bell   Approximations in Fourier transforms . . 244--247
                    J. Houstoun   Book review: \em Mathematical Methods
                                  for the Study of Automatic Control
                                  Systems, by V. I. Zubov, 1962  . . . . . 247--247
               J. H. Matthewman   Note on the selective summation of
                                  Fourier series . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248--249
                  R. M. Needham   Book review: \em Textbook on Mechanized
                                  Information Retrieval, by Allen Kent,
                                  1962 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249--249
                      G. J. Tee   Eigenvectors of the successive
                                  over-relaxation process, and its
                                  combination with Chebyshev
                                  semi-iteration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--263
                B. Richards and   
                     E. S. Page   Book reviews: \em Annual Review in
                                  Automatic Programming, Volume 3, edited
                                  by R. Goodman; \em Proceedings of a
                                  Harvard Symposium on Digital Computers
                                  and Their Applications, edited by A. G.
                                  Oettinger, 1962  . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--263, 270--270
               J. N. Lyness and   
                B. J. J. McHugh   Integration over multidimensional
                                  hypercubes I. A progressive procedure    264--270
                D. J. Evans and   
            C. V. D. Forrington   An iterative process for optimizing
                                  symmetric successive over-relaxation . . 271--273
                   M. Goyer and   
                  G. C. Tootill   Boor review: \em Russian Supplement to
                                  Elsevier's Dictionary of Automation,
                                  Computers, Control and Measuring, by W.
                                  E. Clason, 1962  . . . . . . . . . . . . 273--273
                         J. Eve   Starting approximation for the iterative
                                  calculation of square roots  . . . . . . 274--276
                D. A. Brace and   
                      G. J. Tee   Book reviews: \em Elementary
                                  Mathematical Programming, by Robert W.
                                  Metzger, 1963; \em U.S.S.R.
                                  Computational Mathematics and
                                  Mathematical Physics, Number 1, 1962 . . 276--276, 286--286
              D. R. Cowdrey and   
                   C. M. Reeves   An application of the Monte Carlo method
                                  to the evaluation of some molecular
                                  integrals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--286
                  Paul A. Samet   Correspondence: A hardware
                                  representation for ALGOL 60 using Creed
                                  Teleprinter equipment  . . . . . . . . . 286--286
                R. Fletcher and   
                   C. M. Reeves   A mechanization of algebraic
                                  differentiation and the automatic
                                  generation of formulae for molecular
                                  integral of Gaussian orbitals  . . . . . 287--292
                     B. R. Heap   Permutations by interchanges . . . . . . 293--294
                G. H. Perry and   
               J. C. Cluley and   
                K. L. Smith and   
                R. L. Goodstein   Book reviews: \em Large-Capacity Memory
                                  Techniques for Computing Systems, edited
                                  by Marshall C. Yovits, 1962; \em Digital
                                  Techniques, by D. W. Davies, 1963; \em
                                  Theory and Design of Digital Machines,
                                  by Thomas C. Bartee, Irwin Lebow, [and]
                                  Irving S. Reed, 1962; \em A Survey of
                                  Mathematical Logic, by Hao Wang, 1963    295--298

The Computer Journal
Volume 6, Number 4, January, 1964

               R. L. Michaelson   Presidential address. Science and the
                                  non-scientist  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299--303
               J. S. Clowes and   
                     E. S. Page   Assignment problems  . . . . . . . . . . 304--307
                Peter J. Landin   The Mechanical Evaluation of Expressions 308--320
                  N. E. Wiseman   Application of list-processing methods
                                  to the design of interconnections for a
                                  fast logic system  . . . . . . . . . . . 321--327
              J. W. J. Williams   E.S.P. the Elliott simulator package . . 328--331
                     C. W. Gear   Optimization of the address field
                                  compilation in the ILLIAC 2 assembler    332--335
                   D. W. Barron   Correspondence: On the representation of
                                  ALGOL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335--335
                      P. Taylor   Correspondence: On the representation of
                                  ALGOL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335--335, 367--367
                    K. L. Ryder   Note on an ALGOL 60 compiler for Pegasus
                                  I  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336--338
                       A. Colin   The multiple variate counter . . . . . . 339--347
                   L. J. Slater   Some experiences in price mapping  . . . 348--351
                G. A. Miles and   
              K. L. Stewart and   
                      G. J. Tee   Elementary divisors of the Liebmann
                                  process  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352--355
                J. A. Grant and   
                   O. G. Ludwig   Note on the integrals of products of
                                  associated Legendre functions  . . . . . 356--357
                      K. Wright   Chebyshev collocation methods for
                                  ordinary differential equations  . . . . 358--365
                 E. D'Sylva and   
                    G. A. Miles   The S.S.O.R. iteration scheme for
                                  equations with $\sigma_1$ ordering . . . 366--367
                  R. E. Scraton   The numerical solution of second-order
                                  differential equations not containing
                                  the first derivative explicitly  . . . . 368--370


The Computer Journal
Volume 7, Number 1, April, 1964

                    E. Playfair   Computers and psychology . . . . . . . . 1--3
                  J. V. Goodman   Auditing magnetic-tape systems . . . . . 4--7
                    P. H. Vince   Documentation for systems design . . . . 8--14
                A. Taylor-Smith   Authorization and control of input in
                                  the Royal Army Pay Corps Computer Centre
                                  application  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14--18
                D. G. W. Thomas   Record identification using variable
                                  alphanumeric names . . . . . . . . . . . 19--23
                      D. Pullin   A FORTRAN to ALGOL translator  . . . . . 24--27
            A. F. Parker-Rhodes   The communication of algorithms  . . . . 28--35
                   L. J. Slater   A dynamic programming process  . . . . . 36--39
                  L. N. Carling   A study of the solution of an
                                  initial-value problem with a hybrid
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40--46
                   M. R. Abbott   Axially symmetric steady motion of a
                                  viscous incompressible fluid: some
                                  numerical experiments  . . . . . . . . . 47--53
                   D. F. Mayers   The deferred approach to the limit in
                                  ordinary differential equations  . . . . 54--57
                  M. R. Osborne   A method for finite-difference
                                  approximation to ordinary differential
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58--65
              M. R. Osborne and   
                  S. Michaelson   The numerical solution of eigenvalue
                                  problems in which the eigenvalue
                                  problems in which the eigenvalue
                                  parameter appears nonlinearly, with an
                                  application to differential equations    66--71
                     M. S. Lynn   On the equivalence of SOR, SSOR and
                                  USSOR as applied to $\sigma_1$-ordered
                                  systems of linear equations  . . . . . . 72--75
                   H. J. Norton   The iterative solution of non-linear
                                  ordinary differential equations in
                                  Chebyshev series . . . . . . . . . . . . 76--85

The Computer Journal
Volume 7, Number 2, July, 1964

                    C. R. Smith   Computer development from a user's point
                                  of view  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--92
                 F. J. M. Laver   A user's view of A.D.P. systems design   93--94
                       P. Giles   Problems of life assurance data
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--98
                    I. M. Golds   User's experience of COBOL . . . . . . . 99--101
                     T. H. Ayre   User's experience of RAPIDWRITE  . . . . 101--102
                  M. Richardson   User's experience of CLEO  . . . . . . . 102--103
                     O. S. Lumb   Experience of program development with
                                  FACT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--107
                  H. D. Baecker   Initial users' reactions: what do they
                                  really want? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--109
                    D. B. Lloyd   Data retrieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--113
                  R. Taylor and   
                 D. A. Harragan   The FORTRAN system for Orion . . . . . . 114--116
                     A. J. Cole   The preparation of examination
                                  time-tables using a small-store computer 117--121
                     R. L. Chew   Note on timing simulation of a large
                                  asynchronous computer  . . . . . . . . . 122--123
                   F. G. Foster   A computer technique for game-theoretic
                                  problems I: chemin-de-fer analyzed . . . 124--130
                  C. S. Wallace   Correlated round-off errors in digital
                                  integrating differential analyzers . . . 131--134
                    M. D. Bakes   An alternative method of solution of
                                  certain tri-diagonal systems of linear
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--136
                    D. J. Evans   The extrapolated modified Aitken
                                  iteration method applied to
                                  $\sigma_1$-ordered systems of linear
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--140
             C. T. H. Baker and   
                     L. Fox and   
               D. F. Mayers and   
                      K. Wright   Numerical solution of Fredholm integral
                                  equations of first kind  . . . . . . . . 141--148
                R. Fletcher and   
                   C. M. Reeves   Function Minimization by Conjugate
                                  Gradients  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149--154
                M. J. D. Powell   An Efficient Method for Finding the
                                  Minimum of a Function of Several
                                  Variables without Calculating
                                  Derivatives  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--162
               I. B. Parker and   
                       J. Crank   Persistent discretization errors in
                                  partial differential equations of
                                  parabolic type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163--167

The Computer Journal
Volume 7, Number 3, October, 1964

                     F. A. Rigg   The operation of large computer systems  169--172
              J. F. Milburn and   
             D. J. Fearnley and   
                    C. G. Myers   A computer in insurance  . . . . . . . . 173--176
                    V. E. Price   Desirable computing facilities for a
                                  College of Advanced Technology . . . . . 177--179
              Maurice V. Wilkes   A Programmer's Utility Filing System . . 180--184
             F. H. Dearnley and   
                   G. B. Newell   Automatic segmentation of programs for a
                                  two-level store computer . . . . . . . . 185--187
              J. M. Ridgion and   
             A. J. Willmott and   
                  J. H. Thewlis   An analogue computer simulation of a
                                  Cowper Stove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--196
                    H. McG Ross   The I.S.O. character code  . . . . . . . 197--202
                E. O. Thorp and   
                   W. E. Walden   A partial analysis of Go . . . . . . . . 203--207
                     M. J. Rose   Classification of a set of elements  . . 208--211
                   F. M. Larkin   A combined graphical and iterative
                                  approach to the problem of finding zeros
                                  of functions in the complex plane  . . . 212--219
                    L. de Witte   Error estimates for smoothing and
                                  extrapolation formulae . . . . . . . . . 220--221
                   A. Doust and   
                    V. E. Price   The latent roots and vectors of a
                                  singular matrix  . . . . . . . . . . . . 222--227
                  M. R. Osborne   A new method for the solution of
                                  eigenvalue problems  . . . . . . . . . . 228--232
                  M. R. Osborne   An error analysis of finite-difference
                                  methods for the numerical solution of
                                  ordinary differential equations  . . . . 232--237
                       A. Orden   Stationary points of quadratic functions
                                  under linear constraints . . . . . . . . 238--241
             G. Fairweather and   
                 A. R. Mitchell   A generalized alternating direction
                                  method of Douglas-Rachford type for
                                  solving the biharmonic equation  . . . . 242--245
                  R. E. Scraton   Estimation of the truncation error in
                                  Runge--Kutta and allied processes  . . . 246--248

The Computer Journal
Volume 7, Number 4, January, 1965

                    P. L. Cloot   What is the use of operating systems?    249--254
                    J. W. Lewis   The management of a large commercial
                                  computer bureau  . . . . . . . . . . . . 255--261
                  A. S. Douglas   The use of a large computer on a bureau
                                  basis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262--263
                I. H. Gould and   
                  G. C. Tootill   The terminology work of IFIP and ICC . . 264--270
                J. S. Gatehouse   Electronic data processing for the
                                  international vocabulary of terms used
                                  in information processing  . . . . . . . 271--274
                     M. Levison   The siting of fragments  . . . . . . . . 275--277
                   M. V. Wilkes   Lists and why they are useful  . . . . . 278--281
                  J. R. Ullmann   A basic approach to pattern recognition  282--289
                      H. Schorr   Analytic differentiation using a
                                  syntax-directed compiler . . . . . . . . 290--298
                    W. C. Lynch   More combinatorial properties of certain
                                  trees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299--302
                M. J. D. Powell   A Method for Minimizing a Sum of Squares
                                  of Non-Linear Functions Without
                                  Calculating Derivatives  . . . . . . . . 303--307
               J. A. Nelder and   
                        R. Mead   A Simplex Method for Function
                                  Minimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--313
                    C. Strachey   Letter to the Editor: An impossible
                                  program  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313--313
                      J. T. Day   A one-step method for the numerical
                                  integration of the differential equation
                                  $y'=f(x)y+g(x)$  . . . . . . . . . . . . 314--317
                    D. J. Evans   Estimation of the line over-relaxation
                                  factor and convergence rates of an
                                  alternating direction line
                                  over-relaxation technique  . . . . . . . 318--321
                D. J. Green and   
                  S. Michaelson   Series solution of certain
                                  Sturm--Liouville eigenvalue problems . . 322--336


The Computer Journal
Volume 8, Number 1, April, 1965

               R. A. Buckingham   The computer in the university . . . . . 1--7
                  A. S. Cormack   Interaction between user's needs and
                                  language-compiler-computer systems . . . 8--12
             E. M. L. Beale and   
            P. A. B. Hughes and   
                    R. E. Small   Experiences in using a decomposition
                                  program  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--18
                    Aarni Perko   Some computational notes on the shortest
                                  route problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--20
                    P. A. Samet   The efficient administration of blocks
                                  in ALGOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--23
            A. J. Melbourne and   
                  J. M. Pugmire   A small computer for the direction
                                  processing of FORTRAN statements . . . . 24--27
                R. J. Ord-Smith   An extension of block design methods and
                                  an application in the construction of
                                  redundant fault reducing circuits for
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--32
                    R. Fletcher   Function Minimization without Evaluating
                                  Derivatives --- a Review . . . . . . . . 33--41
                      M. J. Box   A new method of constrained optimization
                                  and a comparison with other methods  . . 42--52
                   J. A. T. Bye   Obtaining solutions of the
                                  Navier--Stokes equation by relaxation
                                  processes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--56
                  R. E. Scraton   The solution of linear differential
                                  equations in Chebyshev series  . . . . . 57--61
                 P. Jarratt and   
                       D. Nudds   The use of rational functions in the
                                  iterative solution of equations on a
                                  digital computer . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--65
                J. G. P. Barnes   An algorithm for solving non-linear
                                  equations based on the secant method . . 66--72
                   S. V. Ahamed   Accelerated convergence of numerical
                                  solution of linear and non-linear vector
                                  field problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--76
                J. H. Wilkinson   Convergence of the $LR$, $QR$ and
                                  related algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . 77--84
                J. H. Wilkinson   The $QR$ algorithm for real symmetric
                                  matrices with multiple eigenvalues . . . 85--87

The Computer Journal
Volume 8, Number 2, July, 1965

                  F. H. Sharman   Character recognition  . . . . . . . . . 89--94
                 A. B. Frielink   The auditor and electronic data
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--97
                   J. M. Forbes   An introduction to compiler writing  . . 98--102
                  M. Klerer and   
                         J. May   A user oriented programming language . . 103--109
                    C. B. Jones   A special-purpose compiler . . . . . . . 109--112
                J. G. P. Barnes   A KDF9 ALGOL list-processing scheme  . . 113--119
                   D. M. Foster   A simple list-processing interpreter . . 120--129
                    C. D. Lewis   Iterative analogue computation applied
                                  to inventory policy simulation . . . . . 130--135
              E. D. Barraclough   The application of a digital computer to
                                  the construction of timetables . . . . . 136--146
                     A. Rachman   Computation of rotational energy levels
                                  of rigid asymmetric top molecules  . . . 147--149
                  M. R. Osborne   Direct methods for the solution of
                                  finite-difference approximations to
                                  separable partial differential equations 150--156
                L. A. Edelstein   Note on analytic angular integrations
                                  using series in Legendre polynomials . . 157--158
                     I. Erdelyi   On speeding convergence of an iterative
                                  eigenvalue process . . . . . . . . . . . 159--165
               W. A. Murray and   
                     M. S. Lynn   A computer-oriented description of the
                                  Peaceman--Rachford ADI method  . . . . . 166--175
               Bryan Higman and   
               W. F. Lunnon and   
            C. F. J. Outred and   
                    C. Strachey   Correspondence: An impossible program    175--176
               G. J. Cooper and   
                         E. Gal   Correspondence: Integration of
                                  differential equations . . . . . . . . . 176--176

The Computer Journal
Volume 8, Number 3, October, 1965

                        S. Gill   Automatic computing: its problems and
                                  prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--189
              M. L. V. Pitteway   The organization of a data link
                                  computing service  . . . . . . . . . . . 190--200
                     B. L. Neff   Do-it-yourself software experience . . . 201--207
                   J. Bauldreay   Correspondence: character recognition    207--207
                    R. M. Paine   The gradual acceptance of a variety of
                                  commercial English languages . . . . . . 208--215
               B. E. Boutel and   
                C. Strachey and   
          J. H. G. Phillips and   
                  Michael Irish   Correspondence: An impossible program    215--215
                  E. J. Langham   The underground storage of compressed
                                  air for gas turbines: a dynamic study on
                                  an analogue computer . . . . . . . . . . 216--224
             Roger H. Moore and   
               R. H. Rosenbrock   Correspondence: On the Rosenbrock
                                  function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224--224
                    C. Strachey   A general purpose macrogenerator . . . . 225--241
                   E. W. Elcock   Note on the addressing of lists by their
                                  source-language names  . . . . . . . . . 242--243
                  J. Nievergelt   Fixed versus selfmodifying programs  . . 244--245
                G. N. Lance and   
                 W. T. Williams   Computer programs for monothetic
                                  classification (`Association analysis')  246--249
                    R. J. Dakin   A Tree Search Algorithm for Mixed
                                  Integer Programming Problems . . . . . . 250--255
          E. J. Martin, Jr. and   
                   P. C. Patton   Evaluation of certain definite integrals
                                  frequently encountered in radiational
                                  and diffraction problems involving
                                  circular geometry  . . . . . . . . . . . 256--263
                G. G. Alway and   
                   D. W. Martin   An algorithm for reducing the bandwidth
                                  of a matrix of symmetrical configuration 264--272
                J. H. Wilkinson   The Calculation of Lam\'e Polynomials    273--277
                  J. D. Beasley   A note on the arrangement of Chebyshev
                                  series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278--279
                   H. E. Fettis   Note on the matrix equation $Ax =
                                  \lambda Bx$  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--279
                    D. J. Evans   A stable explicit method for the
                                  finite-difference solution of a
                                  fourth-order parabolic partial
                                  differential equation  . . . . . . . . . 280--287
                   C. G. Chezem   Note on `three-dimensional' plotting as
                                  a technique for finding the zeros of
                                  functions in the complex plane . . . . . 288--288

The Computer Journal
Volume 8, Number 4, January, 1966

              C. J. C. McOustra   Legal protection for computer programs   289--296
                   D. Burns and   
              E. N. Hawkins and   
                 D. R. Judd and   
                     J. L. Venn   The Egdon system for the KDF9  . . . . . 297--302
              R. A. Brooker and   
                 J. S. Rohl and   
                    S. R. Clark   The main features of Atlas Autocode  . . 303--310
                   E. Humby and   
              P. Shackleton and   
                    R. M. Paine   Correspondence: Commercial English
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310--311
              A. J. B. Anderson   A note on the construction of a general
                                  survey program in Extended Mercury
                                  Autocode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312--314
                 J. M. Craddock   Programming systems for use in research
                                  computation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--318
                       P. Giles   Some considerations regarding
                                  arrangement of records on magnetic tape  319--322
           D. B. G. Edwards and   
                 D. Aspinal and   
                        R. Lane   Addressing magnetic tape on the Atlas 1
                                  computing machine  . . . . . . . . . . . 323--329
              H. G. ApSimon and   
               W. D. Maurer and   
              P. J. H. King and   
                C. H. R. Morris   Correspondence: An impossible program    329--330
                      M. Almond   An algorithm for constructing University
                                  timetables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331--340
                     B. Meltzer   Theorem-proving for computers: some
                                  results on resolution and renaming . . . 341--343
                  A. J. Akeroyd   An application of separable programming  344--346
                   J. Dollimore   A general Fourier synthesis program for
                                  the London University Atlas computer . . 347--351
              P. Constantinescu   The classification of a set of elements
                                  with respect to a set of properties  . . 352--357
               A. R. Curtis and   
                M. J. D. Powell   Necessary conditions for a minimax
                                  approximation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358--361
             H. C. Thacher, Jr.   Closed rational integration formulas . . 362--367
                     B. Meister   On a family of cubature formulae . . . . 368--371
                      W. Kizner   Error curves for Lanczos' `selected
                                  points' method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372--382
                P. H. A. Sneath   A method for curve seeking from
                                  scattered points . . . . . . . . . . . . 383--391
            W. Charles Mylander   Correspondence: Nonlinear programming
                                  test problems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391--391
                    B. T. Allen   A new method of solving second-order
                                  differential equations when the first
                                  derivative is present  . . . . . . . . . 392--394
                    A. C. Smith   A lower estimate of the cumulative
                                  truncation error in Milne's method . . . 395--397
                     P. Jarratt   Multipoint iterative methods for solving
                                  certain equations  . . . . . . . . . . . 398--400


The Computer Journal
Volume 9, Number 1, May, 1966

                     F. I. Musk   One man's meat: part I --- The uses of
                                  adversity  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--2
                    T. K. Craig   CRESTS --- Courtauld's rapid extract,
                                  sort and tabulate system . . . . . . . . 3--10
                   L. J. Slater   Computing the state of the economy . . . 11--15
                 G. R. Fair and   
         A. D. J. Flowerdew and   
                W. G. Munro and   
                      D. Rowley   Note on the computer as an aid to the
                                  architect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--20
                   W. M. Newman   An experimental program for
                                  architectural design . . . . . . . . . . 21--26
                     A. J. Cole   Plane and stereographic projections of
                                  convex polyhedra from minimal
                                  information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--31
                   F. H. George   Computer assisted instruction  . . . . . 32--34
               F. M. Hughes and   
                   A. Brameller   Digital simulation of analogue methods   35--44
                   D. C. Cooper   The equivalence of a certain
                                  computations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--52
                    J. P. Penny   An analysis, both theoretical and by
                                  simulation, of a time-shared computer
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--59
                G. N. Lance and   
                 W. T. Williams   Computer programs for hierarchical
                                  polythetic classification (`similarity
                                  analyses') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--64
                    E. L. Jones   Note on an alternate method for the
                                  computation of rotational energy levels
                                  of rigid asymmetric top molecules  . . . 65--66
                      M. J. Box   A comparison of several current
                                  optimization methods, and the use of
                                  transformations in constrained problems  67--77
               A. R. Curtis and   
                M. J. D. Powell   On the convergence of exchange
                                  algorithms for calculating minimax
                                  approximations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--80
                  P. Hammersley   Notice: Future publication of Algorithms
                                  Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--80
                      J. T. Day   A Runge--Kutta method for the numerical
                                  solution of the Goursat problem in
                                  hyperbolic partial differential
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--83
                    B. A. Carre   The partitioning of network equations
                                  for block iteration  . . . . . . . . . . 84--97
                  A. J. Fox and   
                  F. A. Johnson   On finding the eigenvalues of real
                                  symmetric tridiagonal matrices . . . . . 98--105
                       A. Wragg   The use of Lanczos $\tau$-methods in the
                                  numerical solution of a Stefan problem   106--109
                   P. Keast and   
                 A. R. Mitchell   On the instability of the Crank Nicolson
                                  formula under derivative boundary
                                  conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--114
                      K. Wright   Correspondence: On ``Error curves for
                                  Lanczos `selected points' method'' . . . 115--115
                    D. J. Evans   Correspondence: On ``A stable explicit
                                  method for the finite-difference
                                  solution of a fourth-order parabolic
                                  partial differential equation''  . . . . 115--115
                      M. J. Box   Correspondence: On ``Nonlinear
                                  programming test problems''  . . . . . . 115--116
          E. J. Martin, Jr. and   
                   P. C. Patton   Erratum: ``Evaluation of certain
                                  definite integrals frequently
                                  encountered in radiational and
                                  diffraction problems involving circular
                                  geometry'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116--116

The Computer Journal
Volume 9, Number 2, August, 1966

                 B. de Ferranti   The human brain  . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--123
              C. B. B. Grindley   Systematics --- a non-programming
                                  language for designing and specifying
                                  commercial systems for computers . . . . 124--128
                  H. D. Baecker   Correspondence: On ``An analysis, both
                                  theoretical and by simulation, of a
                                  time-shared computer system''  . . . . . 128--128
            C. V. D. Forrington   An application-oriented computer
                                  approach to inventory control problems.
                                  Part 1: Facilities of the system . . . . 129--136
                   J. N. Buxton   Writing simulations in CSL . . . . . . . 137--143
               A. G. Fraser and   
                    J. D. Smart   The COMPL language and operating system  144--156
                     J. T. Ryan   A direction-independent algorithm for
                                  determining the forward and backward
                                  compute point for a term or subscript
                                  during compilation . . . . . . . . . . . 157--160
              M. R. Wetherfield   A technique for program monitoring by
                                  interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161--166
               R. W. L. Trundle   LITHP --- an ALGOL list processor  . . . 167--172
                  P. Hammersley   A note on the implementation of LITHP on
                                  the I.C.T. 1905  . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--174
                S. R. Clark and   
                   W. F. Lunnon   Correspondence: Multiple precision
                                  arithmetic (real and complex)  . . . . . 174--174
                  Paul A. Samet   Correspondence: On ``The Egdon system
                                  for the KDF9'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--174
                 M. M. Baum and   
                R. G. Blake and   
                    R. J. Smale   Use of digital analogue simulator (DAS)  175--180
              J. L. Dineley and   
                      C. Preece   KALDAS, an algorithmically based digital
                                  simulation of analogue computation . . . 181--187
            J. C. P. Miller and   
            D. J. Spencer Brown   An algorithm for evaluation of remote
                                  terms in a linear recurrence sequence    188--190
                      K. Wright   Series methods for integration . . . . . 191--199
                     J. K. Reid   A method for finding the optimum
                                  successive over-relaxation parameter . . 200--204
                    B. T. Allen   An investigation into direct numerical
                                  methods for solving some calculus of
                                  variations problems. Part 1 --- Second
                                  order methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205--210
                     B. J. Duke   Correspondence: On the computation of
                                  rotational levels of rigid asymmetric
                                  top molecules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210--210

The Computer Journal
Volume 9, Number 3, November, 1966

                     F. I. Musk   One man's meat: part 2 --- Now let's
                                  pretend  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213--214
               A. T. Clementson   Extended control and simulation language 215--220
                    R. M. Paine   Preparation for optical character
                                  recognition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--229
            D. A. Burbridge and   
            A. Robert Brown and   
             A. d'Agapeyeff and   
                   F. G. Duncan   Correspondence: Systematics  . . . . . . 229--229, 237--237
                       N. Smith   Systems analysis problems encountered
                                  during a large computer application  . . 230--237
                 A. J. T. Colin   A simple program for use in the
                                  `conversational mode'  . . . . . . . . . 238--241
                    R. F. Rosin   An approach to executive system
                                  maintenance in disk-based systems  . . . 242--247
                   D. W. Barron   Correspondence: On ``The Egdon system
                                  for the KDF9'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247--247
              M. O'Halloran and   
                    W. M. Waite   Note on rapid instruction analysis by
                                  table lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248--248
                   J. Cohen and   
                 X. Nguyen-Dinh   Note on ordering of grammar rules in
                                  syntax-analyzers . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--251
                    R. E. Berry   Grader programs  . . . . . . . . . . . . 252--256
                 P. M. Woodward   The synthesis of music and speech  . . . 257--262
                 R. M. Burstall   Computer design of electricity supply
                                  networks by a heuristic method . . . . . 263--274
             T. A. J. Nicholson   Finding the shortest route between two
                                  points in a network  . . . . . . . . . . 275--280
                    A. Jennings   A compact storage scheme for the
                                  solution of symmetric linear
                                  simultaneous equations . . . . . . . . . 281--285
                  A. Curtis and   
                  M. R. Osborne   The construction of minimax rational
                                  approximations to functions  . . . . . . 286--293
                 J. Lindley and   
                       A. Wragg   The numerical solution of sequential
                                  decision problems involving parabolic
                                  equations with moving boundaries . . . . 294--297
             G. Fairweather and   
                 A. R. Mitchell   Some computational results of an
                                  improved A.D.I. method for the Dirichlet
                                  problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298--303
                     P. Jarratt   A rational iteration function for
                                  solving equations  . . . . . . . . . . . 304--307
              A. I. Abdel Karim   Stability of the fourth order
                                  Runge--Kutta method for the solution of
                                  systems of differential equations  . . . 308--311
                       D. Mayne   An algorithm for the calculation of the
                                  pseudo-inverse of a singular matrix  . . 312--317
               I. Barrodale and   
                       A. Young   A note on numerical procedures for
                                  approximation by spline functions  . . . 318--320
             A. d'Agapeyeff and   
                   F. G. Duncan   Correspondence: On the stability of
                                  Crank and Nicolson's procedure . . . . . 320--320, 324--324

The Computer Journal
Volume 9, Number 4, February, 1967

        C. V. D. Forrington and   
                 S. M. Grey and   
                     M. M. Reid   An application-oriented computer
                                  approach to inventory control problems.
                                  Part 2: Implementation and operational
                                  experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325--329
            S. H. Lavington and   
                L. E. Rosenthal   Some facilities for speech processing by
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--339
                      D. Barton   A scheme for manipulative algebra on a
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340--344
              Beresford Parlett   Letter to the Editor: On finding the
                                  eigenvalues of real symmetric
                                  tridiagonal matrices . . . . . . . . . . 344--345
              R. A. Brooker and   
                  D. Morris and   
                     J. S. Rohl   Experience with the compiler compiler    345--349
              R. A. Brooker and   
                  D. Morris and   
                     J. S. Rohl   Compiler Compiler facilities in Atlas
                                  Autocode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350--352
                   A. T. McEwan   An Atlas Autocode to ALGOL 60 translator 353--359
           F. R. A. Hopgood and   
                     A. G. Bell   The Atlas ALGOL preprocessor for
                                  non-standard dialects  . . . . . . . . . 360--364
                     J. B. Hext   Compile-time type-matching . . . . . . . 365--369
               A. T. Clementson   An assembly and loading system for
                                  computers with parallel peripheral
                                  operation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370--372
                G. N. Lance and   
                 W. T. Williams   A general theory of classificatory
                                  sorting strategies 1. Hierarchical
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373--380
                G. N. Lance and   
                 W. T. Williams   Note on the classification of
                                  multi-level data . . . . . . . . . . . . 381--382
                   K. M. Howell   Multiple precision arithmetic techniques 383--387
          N. R. Morgenstern and   
                    V. E. Price   A numerical method for solving the
                                  equations of stability of general slip
                                  surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388--393
                      G. H. Tee   Correspondence: On coding values of
                                  mathematical constants . . . . . . . . . 393--393
                      J. T. Day   Note on the numerical solution of
                                  integro-differential equations . . . . . 394--395
                    M. D. Stern   Optimal quadrature formulae  . . . . . . 396--403
                    H. W. Pakes   Correspondence: On ``An investigation
                                  into direct numerical methods for
                                  solving some calculus of variations
                                  problems'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403--403
                M. J. D. Powell   On the maximum errors of polynomial
                                  approximations defined by interpolation
                                  and by least squares criteria  . . . . . 404--407
                     P. Jarratt   A note on the asymptotic error constant
                                  of a certain method for solving
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408--409
                        G. Hall   The stability of predictor-corrector
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410--412
                   M. M. Chawla   A note on the estimation of the
                                  coefficients in the Chebyshev series
                                  expansion of a function having a
                                  logarithmic singularity  . . . . . . . . 413--413
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 414--414
                 K. J. Overholt   Note on Algorithm 2: Fibonacci search    414--414
                 K. J. Overholt   Algorithm 16: GOLD . . . . . . . . . . . 415--415
                 K. J. Overholt   Algorithm 17: GOLDSEC  . . . . . . . . . 415--415
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 18: SUMFAC . . . . . . . . . . 416--416
                 I. D. Hill and   
                     M. C. Pike   Note on Algorithm 4: TWO BY TWO  . . . . 416--416
                 M. C. Pike and   
                 I. D. Hill and   
                    F. D. James   Note on Algorithm 2: Fibonacci search,
                                  and on Algorithm 7: MINX . . . . . . . . 416--417


The Computer Journal
Volume 10, Number 1, May, 1967

                   M. V. Wilkes   The design of multiple-access computer
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--9
            H. G. M. Pullen and   
                  M. H. J. Webb   A computer application to a transport
                                  scheduling problem . . . . . . . . . . . 10--13
                       J. Lions   The Ontario school scheduling program    14--21
               D. J. Harris and   
                     A. K. Kent   The computer as an aid to lawyers  . . . 22--28
            K. Sparck Jones and   
                     D. Jackson   Current approaches to classification and
                                  clump-finding at the Cambridge Language
                                  Research Unit  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--37
               J. C. Matthewman   The crystallographers' friend  . . . . . 38--45
              C. S. E. Phillips   Networks for real-time programming . . . 46--52
                 L. Lukaszewicz   EOL --- a symbol manipulation language   53--59
              R. A. Brooker and   
                    S. R. Clark   An index directed compiler . . . . . . . 60--63
              C. S. Wallace and   
                 B. G. Rowswell   Competition for memory access in the
                                  KDF9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--68
                   H. T. Burley   A programming language for linear
                                  algebra  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69--73
              D. Y. Downham and   
               F. D. K. Roberts   Multiplicative congruential
                                  pseudo-random number generators  . . . . 74--77
                J. H. Wilkinson   Book Review: \em The Matrix Analysis of
                                  Vibration, by R. E. D. Bishop, G. M. L.
                                  Gladwell, and S. Michaelson, 1965; 404
                                  pages (London: Cambridge University
                                  Press, 100s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--77
                F. H. Deist and   
                       L. Sefor   Solution of systems of non-linear
                                  equations by parameter variation . . . . 78--82
                     P. Jarratt   An Iterative Method for Locating Turning
                                  Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--84
             D. J. A. Welsh and   
                   M. B. Powell   An upper bound for the chromatic number
                                  of a graph and its application to
                                  timetabling problems . . . . . . . . . . 85--86
                         L. Fox   Romberg integration for a class of
                                  singular integrands  . . . . . . . . . . 87--93
                   G. J. Cooper   The evaluation of the coefficients in
                                  the Chebyshev expansion  . . . . . . . . 94--100
                 M. K. Jain and   
                   K. D. Sharma   Numerical solution of linear
                                  differential equations and Volterra's
                                  integral equation using Lobatto
                                  quadrature formula . . . . . . . . . . . 101--107
                   J. A. T. Bye   A new method of determining eigenvalues
                                  and eigenfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . 108--111
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 112--112
                   B. H. Rudall   Algorithm 19: Complex  . . . . . . . . . 112--113
                 I. D. Hill and   
                S. A. Joyce and   
                 A. Bergson and   
                  P. Hammersley   Note on Algorithm 13: normalarea . . . . 113--115
                  P. J. H. King   Discussion and correspondence: some
                                  comments on systematics  . . . . . . . . 116--119

The Computer Journal
Volume 10, Number 2, August, 1967

                    J. W. Grady   The National Giro  . . . . . . . . . . . 121--125
                     F. I. Musk   One man's meat: part 3 --- It's all good
                                  grist that comes to our mill . . . . . . 126--127
                     W. O'Brien   COSMOS --- Courtauld's own system for
                                  matrix operations and statistics . . . . 128--134
                  P. J. H. King   Decision tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--142
                   R. H. Hiorns   Seasonal adjustment and forecasting in
                                  the presence of trend  . . . . . . . . . 143--149
         L. Rowell Huesmann and   
                 R. P. Goldberg   Evaluating computer systems through
                                  simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150--156
              J. C. Ranyard and   
                        A. Wren   The optimum arrangement of towers in an
                                  electric power transmission line . . . . 157--161
               B. K. Haddon and   
                    W. M. Waite   A compaction procedure for
                                  variable-length storage elements . . . . 162--165
                   A. G. Fraser   Data compression and automatic
                                  programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--167
                  C. L. Hamblin   An algorithm for polynomial operations   168--171
              M. R. Osborne and   
                   G. A. Watson   On the best linear Chebyshev
                                  approximation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172--177
                   F. M. Larkin   Some techniques for rational
                                  interpolation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178--187
                     J. K. Reid   A note on the least squares solutions of
                                  a band system of linear equations by
                                  Householder reductions . . . . . . . . . 188--189
                  A. Nathan and   
                     R. K. Even   The inversion of sparse matrices by a
                                  strategy derived from their graphs . . . 190--194
                  E. J. Davison   A high-order Crank--Nicolson technique
                                  for solving differential equations . . . 195--197
                   D. Greenspan   A numerical approach to biharmonic
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198--201
                 G. M. Phillips   Numerical integration in two and three
                                  dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202--204
                       H. Tompa   Gaussian numerical integration of a
                                  function depending on a parameter  . . . 204--205
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 206--206
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 20: Permutations of the Rows
                                  or Columns of a Matrix . . . . . . . . . 206--207
                     J. M. Watt   Algorithm 21: Solution of the Polynomial
                                  Equation Using the Method of Bairstow    207--208
                   B. H. Rudall   Note on Algorithm 19: Complex  . . . . . 208--209
                     I. D. Hill   Correspondence: On ``Efficiency of
                                  computer use should not be a
                                  consideration''  . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--209
                  P. Hammersley   Statement of Policy  . . . . . . . . . . 209--210
                        Various   Discussion and correspondence: One-day
                                  symposium on PL/1 held at National
                                  Physical Laboratory, 18 May 1967 . . . . 211--215
                   Bryan Higman   Correspondence: Paging and Segmentation  216--216
                 I. D. Craddock   Correspondence: On analogue computers    217--217
                     A. J. Cole   Correspondence: Chromatic numbers and
                                  timetabling problems . . . . . . . . . . 217--217

The Computer Journal
Volume 10, Number 3, November, 1967

               J. N. G. Brittan   The nature and structure of man-computer
                                  communication in team control systems    219--226
                  D. Morris and   
                     J. S. Rohl   The Atlas compiler system  . . . . . . . 227--230
                R. B. E. Napper   Some proposals for SNAP, a language with
                                  formal macro facilities  . . . . . . . . 231--243
                   C. M. Reeves   Description of a syntax-directed
                                  translator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244--255
                  J. R. Ullmann   Algebraic inference of pattern
                                  similarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256--264
                L. E. Rosenthal   Analytic algebraic manipulation  . . . . 265--270
                G. N. Lance and   
                 W. T. Williams   A general theory of classificatory
                                  sorting strategies II. Clustering
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271--277
                   W. E. Howden   A program for the construction of PERT
                                  flow charts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278--281
              M. L. V. Pitteway   Algorithm for drawing ellipses or
                                  hyperbolae with a digital plotter  . . . 282--289
                   A. K. Obruca   Correspondence between two types of
                                  trees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290--292
                 W. I. Zangwill   Minimizing a function without
                                  calculating derivatives  . . . . . . . . 293--296
                 G. M. Phillips   Numerical integration over an
                                  $N$-dimensional rectangular region . . . 297--299
                 R. P. Tewarson   Row-column permutation of sparse
                                  matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300--305
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 306--306
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithms: Author's note on Algorithms
                                  22, 23, 24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306--306
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 22: Shortest path between
                                  start node and end node of a network . . 306--307
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 23: Shortest path between
                                  start node and all other nodes of a
                                  network  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307--308
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 24: The list of nodes on the
                                  shortest path from start node to end
                                  node of a network  . . . . . . . . . . . 308--308
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithms: Author's note on Algorithms
                                  25, 26, 27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--308
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 25: Sort a section of the
                                  elements of an array by determining the
                                  rank of each element . . . . . . . . . . 308--309
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 26: Order the subscripts of an
                                  array section according to the
                                  magnitudes of the elements . . . . . . . 309--310
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 27: Rearrange the elements of
                                  an array section according to a
                                  permutation of the subscripts  . . . . . 310--310
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithms: Author's note on Algorithms
                                  28, 29, 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310--310
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 28: Permutations of the
                                  elements of a vector in lexicographic
                                  order  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311--311
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 29: Permutation of the
                                  elements of a vector . . . . . . . . . . 311--311
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 30: Fast permutation of the
                                  elements of a vector . . . . . . . . . . 311--312
                   E. L. Willey   Discussion and correspondence: an
                                  established U.K. software development    313--314

The Computer Journal
Volume 10, Number 4, February, 1968

               M. V. Wilkes and   
                  R. M. Needham   The design of multiple-access computer
                                  systems: part 2  . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--320
                      R. Milner   String handling in ALGOL . . . . . . . . 321--324
                  E. Foxley and   
                        P. King   The implementation of syntax analysis
                                  using ALGOL, and some mathematical
                                  applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325--335
                     J. S. Rohl   A note on Backus Naur Form . . . . . . . 336--337
              N. E. Wiseman and   
                    J. O. Hiles   A ring structure processor for a small
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338--346
                   G. Mitra and   
                   K. Wolfenden   A computer technique for optimizing the
                                  sites and heights of transmission line
                                  towers --- a dynamic programming
                                  approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347--351
                K. G. Beauchamp   The simulation of wave filters having
                                  polynomial transfer functions on an
                                  analogue computer  . . . . . . . . . . . 352--359
                     A. P. Yule   Extensions to the heuristic algorithm
                                  for University timetables  . . . . . . . 360--364
                   P. D. Groves   Marking and evaluating class tests and
                                  examinations by computer . . . . . . . . 365--367
             J. F. Temperly and   
                    B. W. Smith   A grading procedure for PL/1 student
                                  exercises  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--373
                   A. K. Obruca   Spanning tree manipulation and the
                                  travelling salesman problem  . . . . . . 374--377
                  A. R. Gourlay   The acceleration of the
                                  Peaceman--Rachford method by Chebyshev
                                  polynomials  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378--382
              M. R. Osborne and   
                   G. A. Watson   Note on two methods of solving ordinary
                                  linear differential equations  . . . . . 383--384
                       Z. Bohte   Numerical solution of the inverse
                                  algebraic eigenvalue problem . . . . . . 385--388
                      R. Taylor   Correspondence: Orion FORTRAN compiler   388--388
                   L. M. Delves   The numerical evaluation of principal
                                  value integrals  . . . . . . . . . . . . 389--391
                    R. Fletcher   Generalized Inverse Methods for the Best
                                  Least Squares Solution of Systems of
                                  Non-Linear Equations . . . . . . . . . . 392--399
                  T. J. Randall   A note on the estimation of the optimum
                                  successive overrelaxation parameter for
                                  Laplace's equation . . . . . . . . . . . 400--401
                   S. H. Storey   The convergence of Fourier--Bessel
                                  expansions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402--405
                  W. C. Davidon   Variance algorithm for minimization  . . 406--410
                 R. P. Tewarson   A computational method for evaluating
                                  generalized inverses . . . . . . . . . . 411--413
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 414--414
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 31: Complex Fourier Series . . 414--416
                     J. A. Guin   Discussion and correspondence:
                                  modification of the complex method of
                                  constrained optimization . . . . . . . . 416--417
                     I. J. Good   Correspondence: Gödel's theorem . . . . . 417--417
                  W. E. Thomson   Correspondence: Solution of linear
                                  differential equation  . . . . . . . . . 417--418
                       H. W. G.   Management information systems . . . . . 418--418


The Computer Journal
Volume 11, Number 1, May, 1968

                 C. H. Hunt and   
                M. M. Ryder and   
                   S. H. Storey   Computers and the small firm: 1  . . . . 1--4
                P. C. Poole and   
                        T. Lang   The development of on-line computing
                                  facilities for the KDF9 part 1; COSEC
                                  --- a single on-line console . . . . . . 5--11
                   A. G. Fraser   User control in a multi-access system    12--16
                   D. C. Knight   An algorithm for scheduling storage on a
                                  non-paged computer . . . . . . . . . . . 17--21
                 M. Finkelstein   A compiler optimization technique  . . . 22--25
            G. F. Coulouris and   
               T. J. Goodey and   
                 R. W. Hill and   
              R. W. Keeling and   
                       D. Levin   The London CPL1 compiler . . . . . . . . 26--30
                   J. M. Foster   A syntax improving program . . . . . . . 31--34
                    J. G. Laski   Segmentation and virtual address
                                  topology --- an essay in virtual
                                  research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35--40
                     D. C. Wood   A system for computing university
                                  examination timetables . . . . . . . . . 41--47
         T. A. J. Nicholson and   
                   R. D. Pullen   A permutation procedure for job-shop
                                  scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--56
             M. J. Shepherd and   
                 A. J. Willmott   Cluster analysis on the Atlas computer   57--62
                   W. M. Newman   A graphical technique for numerical
                                  input  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63--64
              I. Aleksander and   
                   R. C. Albrow   Adaptive logic circuits  . . . . . . . . 65--71
                J. L. Riley and   
                   P. H. Walker   Generation of time delays on analogue
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72--76
                     J. M. Watt   Convergence and stability of
                                  discretization methods for functional
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--82
                 P. Jarratt and   
                        C. Mack   A least squares method for Laplace's
                                  equation with Dirichlet boundary
                                  conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--87
              G. R. Garside and   
                 P. Jarratt and   
                        C. Mack   A new method for solving polynomial
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--90
                      G. Loizou   An empirical estimate of the relative
                                  error of the computed solution x of Ax=b 91--94
              A. R. Gourlay and   
                J. L. l. Morris   Deferred approach to the limit in
                                  non-linear hyperbolic systems  . . . . . 95--101
                 R. Cranley and   
             T. N. L. Patterson   The evaluation of multidimensional
                                  integrals  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102--110
                 G. M. Phillips   Estimate of the maximum error in best
                                  polynomial approximations  . . . . . . . 110--111
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 112--112
                    J. Grad and   
               K. A. Redish and   
                  M. A. Brebner   Algorithm 32: Calculation of eigenvalues
                                  of real matrices by the $QR$ method
                                  using double $QR$ step . . . . . . . . . 112--114
                  H. Späth   Algorithm 33: Fitting data to an
                                  exponential with a straight line as
                                  background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114--115
                   J. Boothroyd   Special note on Algorithm 31. Complex
                                  Fourier Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--115
              R. F. Churchhouse   Discussion and correspondence: note on
                                  the twenty-five most cited papers in
                                  some leading journals  . . . . . . . . . 116--120

The Computer Journal
Volume 11, Number 2, August, 1968

                       B. Smith   SPECOL --- a computer enquiry language
                                  for the non-programmer . . . . . . . . . 121--127
              C. B. B. Grindley   The use of decision tables within
                                  systematics  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128--133
                   C. C. Foster   Sorting almost ordered arrays  . . . . . 134--137
                 F. O'Brien and   
                 R. C. Beckwith   A technique for computer flow chart
                                  generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--140
                  N. E. Wiseman   A note on compiling display file from a
                                  data structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--147
                   W. M. Turski   SODA --- a dual activity operating
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--156
                   B. E. Cooper   Basic subroutine for the input of
                                  numbers, words and special characters    157--159
                     A. Gibbons   K Autocode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--168
                 M. J. R. Healy   Towards FORTRAN VI?  . . . . . . . . . . 169--172
                  W. E. Thomson   Correspondence: Generation of time
                                  delays on analogue computers . . . . . . 172--172
                 H. P. Williams   The synthesis of logical nets consisting
                                  of NOR units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--176
                 N. Jardine and   
                      R. Sibson   The construction of hierarchic and
                                  non-hierarchic classifications . . . . . 177--184
              C. S. Wallace and   
                  D. M. Boulton   An Information Measure for
                                  Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--194
                  J. P. O'Brien   Correspondence: On ``A new method for
                                  solving polynomial equations'' . . . . . 194--194
                G. N. Lance and   
                 W. T. Williams   Note on a new information-statistic
                                  classificatory program . . . . . . . . . 195--195
              L. G. Noronha and   
                   C. Y. Po and   
                   J. W. Womack   Hybrid computation of the dynamics of a
                                  distributed system . . . . . . . . . . . 196--205
                  W. G. Bickley   Piecewise cubic interpolation and
                                  two-point boundary problems  . . . . . . 206--208
                       T. Ashby   A modification to Paulson's
                                  approximation to the variance ratio
                                  distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--210
                 G. M. Phillips   Algorithms for piecewise straight line
                                  approximations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--212
                  H. O'Hara and   
                    F. J. Smith   Error estimation in the Clenshaw--Curtis
                                  quadrature formula . . . . . . . . . . . 213--219
                    C. F. Price   An offset vector iteration method for
                                  solving two-point boundary-value
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--228
                  A. H. J. Sale   The calculation of $e$ to many
                                  significant digits . . . . . . . . . . . 229--230
                        Various   Algorithms supplement  . . . . . . . . . 231--235
                    P. A. Samet   Discussion and correspondence: software
                                  requirements of universities . . . . . . 236--240
                       Uwe Pape   Correspondence: On ``Some computational
                                  notes on the shortest route problems''   240--240

The Computer Journal
Volume 11, Number 3, November, 1968

              P. S. Davison and   
                   P. Giles and   
              D. A. R. Matthews   Ageing of magnetic tape: A critical
                                  bibliography and comparison of
                                  literature sources . . . . . . . . . . . 241--246
              D. F. Hartley and   
                   B. Landy and   
                  R. M. Needham   The structure of a multiprogramming
                                  supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247--255
                J. Larmouth and   
             C. Whitby-Strevens   MLS --- the Titan mixed language system  256--259
                   M. V. Wilkes   The outer and inner syntax of a
                                  programming language . . . . . . . . . . 260--263
                  E. Foxley and   
                     K. Lockyer   The construction of examination
                                  timetables by computer . . . . . . . . . 264--268
              D. F. Barnard and   
                   D. F. Holman   The use of Roth's decomposition
                                  algorithm in multi-level design of
                                  circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--276
                    S. L. Hurst   An extension of binary minimisation
                                  techniques to ternary equations  . . . . 277--286
                  P. A. V. Hall   Pattern classification as interpolation
                                  in N dimensions  . . . . . . . . . . . . 287--292
                  D. Barton and   
               S. R. Bourne and   
                  C. J. Burgess   A simple algebra system  . . . . . . . . 293--298
                   W. E. Howden   The sofa problem . . . . . . . . . . . . 299--301
                M. J. D. Powell   On the Calculation of Orthogonal Vectors 302--304
                 G. J. Makinson   Stable high order implicit methods for
                                  the numerical solution of systems of
                                  differential equations . . . . . . . . . 305--310
                   D. B. Hunter   Neville's method for trigonometric
                                  interpolation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311--313
                     P. Jarratt   The Use of Comparison Series in
                                  Analysing Iteration Functions  . . . . . 314--316
               G. M. Birtwistle   The explicit solution of the equation of
                                  heat conduction  . . . . . . . . . . . . 317--323
                  A. Hadjidimos   On a generalised alternating direction
                                  implicit method for solving Laplace's
                                  equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324--328
                   T. Lloyd and   
                   H. McCallion   Bounds for the optimum over-relaxation
                                  factor for the S.O.R. solution of
                                  Laplace type equations over irregular
                                  regions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329--331
                  T. J. Randall   Note on a general finite-difference
                                  formula for the solution of axially
                                  symmetric fields . . . . . . . . . . . . 332--333
                M. A. Wolfe and   
                 G. M. Phillips   Some methods for the solution of
                                  non-singular Volterra
                                  integro-differential equations . . . . . 334--336
                   T. J. Rivlin   Polynomial approximation and the
                                  $\tau$-method  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337--338
                   M. M. Chawla   Asymptotic estimates for the error of
                                  the Gauss--Legendre quadrature formula   339--340
            J. C. P. Miller and   
                 M. J. Prentice   Additive congruential pseudo-random
                                  number generators  . . . . . . . . . . . 341--346
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 347--347
                 R. J. Prescott   Algorithm 35: Best rational
                                  approximation to a real number . . . . . 347--348
                 G. J. Makinson   Algorithm 36: Evaluation of the complex
                                  arcsin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348--350
              David P. Owen and   
                     John Laski   Correspondence: An argument against
                                  paging hardware  . . . . . . . . . . . . 351--351
                Eric W. Solomon   Correspondence: Basic data input
                                  routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352--352


The Computer Journal
Volume 12, Number 1, February, 1969

                   A. G. Fraser   Integrity of a Mass Storage Filing
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--5
                  P. J. H. King   Systems Analysis Documentation:
                                  Computer-Aided Data Dictionary
                                  Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6--9
            D. G. R. Buckle and   
                 C. H. Hunt and   
           Maureen M. Ryder and   
                   S. H. Storey   Computers and the small firm. 2  . . . . 10--14
               R. J. W. Housden   The definition and implementation of \sc
                                  Lsix in BCL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--23
                  P. T. Cameron   A language for chemical plant design and
                                  simulation programs  . . . . . . . . . . 24--28
                   A. J. Lerner   Formal methods of diagnosis in
                                  engineering and medicine . . . . . . . . 29--32
              O. W. Rechard and   
                    R. H. Stark   Equivalence of two algorithms for
                                  Cooper's generalised factorial function  33--37
                       D. Nudds   Methods of computing event times in
                                  project networks . . . . . . . . . . . . 38--40
                Rod M. Burstall   Proving Properties of Programs by
                                  Structural Induction . . . . . . . . . . 41--48
                 R. M. Burstall   A program for solving word sum puzzles   48--51
                 M. O'Neill and   
             I. G. Sinclair and   
                    F. J. Smith   Polynomial curve fitting when abscissas
                                  and ordinates are both subject to error  52--56
                      J. Oliver   An error estimation technique for the
                                  solution of ordinary differential
                                  equations in Chebyshev series  . . . . . 57--62
              M. R. Osborne and   
                   G. A. Watson   An algorithm for minimax approximation
                                  in the nonlinear case  . . . . . . . . . 63--68
                   J. R. Palmer   An improved procedure for
                                  orthogonalising the search vectors in
                                  Rosenbrock's and Swann's direct search
                                  optimisation methods . . . . . . . . . . 69--71
                 A. J. Cole and   
                 A. J. T. Davie   Local smoothing by polynomials in n
                                  dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72--76
                 R. P. Tewarson   Projection Methods for Solving Sparse
                                  Linear Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77--80
            H. H. Robertson and   
                   M. J. McCann   A note on the numerical integration of
                                  conservative systems of first-order
                                  ordinary differential equations  . . . . 81--81
                  M. R. Osborne   The numerical solution of the heat
                                  conduction equation subject to separated
                                  boundary conditions  . . . . . . . . . . 82--87
                   D. Greenspan   Numerical studies of prototype cavity
                                  flow problems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88--93
                  C. G. Broyden   A New Method of Solving Nonlinear
                                  Simultaneous Equations . . . . . . . . . 94--99
                  C. N. J. Tily   Algorithm 37: Fitting data to an
                                  exponentially damped linear function . . 100--101
                      A. C. Day   Algorithm 38: A searching algorithm  . . 101--102
                  P. Hammersley   Note on Algorithm 34: Procedures for the
                                  Basic Arithmetical Operations in
                                  Multi-Length Working . . . . . . . . . . 102--103
                   D. W. Barron   Discussion and correspondence: a note on
                                  program debugging in an on-line
                                  environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--104
                 Peter Fellgett   Correspondence: What is an analyst?  . . 104--104
                  W. G. Bickley   Correspondence: Piecewise cubic
                                  interpolation and two-point boundary
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--105
              Tad Pinkerton and   
                   D. W. Barron   Correspondence: Paging . . . . . . . . . 105--105
                     A. Bergson   Correspondence: Note on the calculation
                                  of $e$ to many significant digits  . . . 105--105

The Computer Journal
Volume 12, Number 2, May, 1969

                    R. M. Paine   O.C.R. --- benefits and pitfalls . . . . 108--113
                  B. J. Gladwin   The utilisation of graphic display units
                                  as the main form of computer input . . . 114--117
                   M. C. Bonney   Some considerations of the cost and
                                  value of information . . . . . . . . . . 118--123
                R. A. d'Inverno   ALAM --- Atlas Lisp Algebraic
                                  Manipulator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--127
                   B. Landy and   
             C. Whitby-Strevens   TSAS --- the time-shared supervisor
                                  assembly system  . . . . . . . . . . . . 128--131
              N. W. Bellamy and   
                     M. J. West   Methods of profile optimisation by
                                  iterative analogue computation . . . . . 132--138
                        D. Wood   The normal form theorem --- another
                                  proof  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139--147
                    D. G. Hayes   A method of storing the orthogonal
                                  polynomials used for curve and surface
                                  fitting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--150
             E. L. Albasiny and   
                  W. D. Hoskins   Cubic spline solutions to two-point
                                  boundary value problems  . . . . . . . . 151--153
                  L. B. Winrich   Note on a comparison of evaluation
                                  schemes for the interpolating polynomial 154--155
                   M. J. Seaton   Diagonalisation of complex symmetric
                                  matrices using a modified Jacobi method  156--157
                 R. P. Tewarson   The Crout reduction for sparse matrices  158--159
                W. M. Gentleman   An error analysis of Goertzel's (Watt's)
                                  method for computing Fourier
                                  coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--164
                     R. England   Error estimates for Runge--Kutta type
                                  solutions to systems of ordinary
                                  differential equations . . . . . . . . . 166--170
                  J. D. Pearson   Variable metric methods of minimisation  171--178
                  H. O'Hara and   
               Francis J. Smith   The evaluation of definite integrals by
                                  interval subdivision . . . . . . . . . . 179--182
                   C. F. Haines   Implicit integration processes with
                                  error estimate for the numerical
                                  solution of differential equations . . . 183--187
                     D. J. Fyfe   The use of cubic splines in the solution
                                  of two-point boundary value problems . . 188--192
                    M. A. Wolfe   The numerical solution of non-singular
                                  integral and integrodifferential
                                  equations by iteration with Chebyshev
                                  series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--196
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 197--197
                    A. G. Adams   Algorithm 39: Areas under the normal
                                  curve  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197--198
                  H. Späth   Algorithm 40: Spline interpolation of
                                  degree three . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198--199
             D. Bruyendonck and   
                  D. Hirschberg   Correspondence: Convex differentiable
                                  curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200--200
                J. Larmouth and   
             C. Whitby-Strevens   Correspondence: Paging . . . . . . . . . 200--200

The Computer Journal
Volume 12, Number 3, August, 1969

                    A. R. Brown   Selling television time: an optimisation
                                  problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201--207
                       P. Giles   Mini-COBOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208--214
                      M. Almond   A University faculty timetable . . . . . 215--217
               D. F. Hendry and   
                    P. A. Samet   Towards FORTRAN VI? Part 2. FORTRAN in
                                  the modern world . . . . . . . . . . . . 218--220
               K. A. Mulholland   Software to translate TELCOMP programs
                                  into KDF9ALGOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--224
                  A. J. Fox and   
                  P. W. Edwards   Implementation of a syntax-driven
                                  interpreter for data retrieval . . . . . 225--232
                  H. R. Simpson   A compact form of one-track syntax
                                  analyser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233--243
             P. E. Williams and   
                  D. C. Menzies   The Windscale on-line computing system   244--250
                   J. K. Iliffe   Elements of BLM (Basic Language Machine) 251--258
                    M. A. Marin   Synthesis of TANT networks using a
                                  Boolean analyser . . . . . . . . . . . . 259--267
                   M. J. Savage   Junction optimisation technique  . . . . 268--272
                N. E. Gough and   
                 J. B. A. Epton   A general procedure for evaluating the
                                  controllability of time delay feedback
                                  control systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . 273--276
                  M. J. Box and   
                      R. M. Box   Computation of the variance ratio
                                  distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--278
                   J. N. Lyness   The effect of inadequate convergence
                                  criteria in automatic routines . . . . . 279--281
                 S. E. El-gendi   Chebyshev solution of differential,
                                  integral and integro differential
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282--287
                M. J. D. Powell   A Theorem on Rank One Modifications to a
                                  Matrix and Its Inverse . . . . . . . . . 288--290
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 291--291
                 P. J. Le Riche   Algorithm 41: A curve plotting procedure 291--292
                  H. Späth   Algorithm 42: Interpolation by certain
                                  quintic splines  . . . . . . . . . . . . 292--293
          M. L. V. Pitteway and   
                    R. W. Parry   Note on Algorithm 35: Best rational
                                  approximation to a real number . . . . . 293--293
                     S. M. Cobb   Note on Algorithm 35: Best rational
                                  approximation to a real number . . . . . 293--295
                M. J. O'Carroll   Discussion and correspondence: S.O.R.
                                  and membranes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296--297
                   P. A. Ongley   Examinations by computer . . . . . . . . 297--300

The Computer Journal
Volume 12, Number 4, November, 1969

              G. S. Marliss and   
                   W. A. Murray   William G. Bickley --- an appreciation   301--302
                 K. Jackson and   
                    J. R. Prior   Debugging and assessment of control
                                  programs for an automatic radar  . . . . 303--306
                   N. L. Lawrie   An integer linear programming model of a
                                  school timetabling problem . . . . . . . 307--316
                     D. C. Wood   A technique for colouring a graph
                                  applicable to large scale timetabling
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317--319
                  P. J. H. King   The interpretation of limited entry
                                  decision table format and relationships
                                  among conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . 320--326
                    P. J. Brown   Using a macro processor to aid software
                                  implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328--331
               R. J. W. Housden   A note on list-processing in BCL . . . . 332--341
                  W. A. Zaremba   A syntax for ALGOL input/output formats  342--348
                        D. Wood   The theory of left factored languages:
                                  Part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349--356
                  M. S. Goldman   Computer-aided typesetting with a CRT    357--364
                      P. Sipala   Formatting and display of ALGOL
                                  expressions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365--367
              J. D. Beasley and   
                      K. Wilson   Design and testing of the System 4
                                  random number generator  . . . . . . . . 368--372
                  D. Y. Downham   The runs up and down test  . . . . . . . 373--376
                   W. F. Lunnon   A postage stamp problem  . . . . . . . . 377--380
                J. L. Byrne and   
                    L. G. Proll   Initialising Geoffrion's implicit
                                  enumeration algorithm for the zero-one
                                  linear programming problem . . . . . . . 381--384
                  P. W. Throsby   A finite element approach to surface
                                  definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385--387
                 R. P. Tewarson   A least squares iterative method for
                                  singular equations . . . . . . . . . . . 388--392
                        P. Linz   Numerical methods for Volterra integral
                                  equations of the first kind  . . . . . . 393--397
                  G. Peters and   
                J. H. Wilkinson   Eigenvalues of $Ax = \lambda Bx$ with
                                  band symmetric $A$ and $B$ . . . . . . . 398--404
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 405--406
                  A. D. Woodall   Algorithm 43: A listed radix sort  . . . 406--406
                  C. G. Broyden   Algorithm 44: Solution of nonlinear
                                  simultaneous equations . . . . . . . . . 406--408
                   R. S. Scowen   Note on Algorithm 40. Spline
                                  interpolation of degree three  . . . . . 409--409
                     I. D. Hill   Note on Algorithms 25, 26. 25: Sort a
                                  section of the elements of an array by
                                  determining the rank of each element.
                                  26: Order the subscripts of an array
                                  section according to the magnitudes of
                                  the elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--409
                    G. C. Temes   Correspondence: Note on ``An algorithm
                                  for minimax approximation in the
                                  nonlinear case'' . . . . . . . . . . . . 410--410
            W. P. L. Whitby and   
                    R. M. Paine   Correspondence: OCR --- benefits and
                                  pitfalls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410--411
                   A. M. Andrew   Correspondence: The calculation of
                                  orthogonal vectors . . . . . . . . . . . 411--411
                I. H. Gould and   
                    R. W. Bemer   Correspondence: On the use of the term
                                  `processor'  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411--412
                  E. S. Deutsch   Correspondence: Comments on a line
                                  thinning algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . 412--412


The Computer Journal
Volume 13, Number 1, February, 1970

                 F. J. M. Laver   JANUS --- reflections on DATAFAIR 69 . . 2--6
            D. G. R. Buckle and   
                 C. H. Hunt and   
                M. M. Ryder and   
                   S. H. Storey   Computers and the small firm: 3  . . . . 7--9
                       B. Smith   Developments in SPECOL --- a retrieval
                                  language for the non-programmer  . . . . 10--13
                   M. G. Notley   The cumulative recurrence library  . . . 14--19
                 J. S. Rohl and   
                  G. Cordingley   List Processing Facilities in Atlas
                                  Autocode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--24
                  H. D. Baecker   The use of ALGOL 68 for trees  . . . . . 25--27
                    W. M. Waite   Building a Mobile Programming System . . 28--31
                  D. Barton and   
               S. R. Bourne and   
                    J. P. Fitch   An algebra system  . . . . . . . . . . . 32--39
                L. F. Blake and   
               R. E. Lawson and   
                   I. M. Yuille   A ring processing package for use with
                                  FORTRAN or a similar high-level language 40--47
                      M. Joseph   An Analysis of Paging and Program
                                  Behaviour  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--54
                        D. Wood   The theory of left factored languages:
                                  Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55--62
              D. M. Boulton and   
                  C. S. Wallace   A program for numerical classification   63--69
                     J. Gertler   High-Level Programming for Process
                                  Control  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70--75
                   M. Clint and   
                    A. Jennings   The evaluation of eigenvalues and
                                  eigenvectors of real symmetric matrices
                                  by simultaneous iteration  . . . . . . . 76--80
                   S. McKee and   
                 A. R. Mitchell   Alternating Direction Methods for
                                  Parabolic Equations in Two Space
                                  Dimensions with a Mixed Derivative . . . 81--86
            M. J. M. Bernal and   
                 J. R. Whiteman   Numerical Treatment of Biharmonic
                                  Boundary Value Problems with Re-Entrant
                                  Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--91
                   P. J. Taylor   The stability of the Du Fort-Frankel
                                  method for the diffusion equation with
                                  boundary conditions involving space
                                  derivatives  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92--97
                D. J. Rodabaugh   On Stable Correctors . . . . . . . . . . 98--100
                      M. G. Cox   A bracketing technique for computing a
                                  zero of a function . . . . . . . . . . . 101--102
                       J. Snell   The solution in Chebyshev series of
                                  systems of linear differential equations
                                  with general boundary conditions . . . . 103--106
                   M. M. Chawla   Estimation of Errors of Gauss--Chebyshev
                                  Quadratures  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--109
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 110--110
                  A. D. Woodall   Algorithm 45: An internal sorting
                                  procedure using a two-way merge  . . . . 110--111
                Shirley A. Lill   Algorithm 46: A modified Davidon method
                                  for finding the minimum of a function
                                  using difference approximation for
                                  derivatives  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--113, 106
           C. J. van Rijsbergen   Algorithm 47: A clustering algorithm . . 113--115
                  A. H. J. Sale   Note on Algorithm 42: Interpolation by
                                  certain quintic splines  . . . . . . . . 115--115
                     N. Jardine   Discussion and correspondence:
                                  Algorithms, methods and models in the
                                  simplification of complex data . . . . . 116--117
                   A. V. Reader   Random digits by a mincing process . . . 118--118
                 P. B. Fellgett   Correspondence: What is an analyst?  . . 118--119
                R. L. Allen and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: What is an analyst?  . . 119--120
                   M. J. Savage   Erratum: ``Junction optimisation
                                  technique''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120--120
                       M. Wells   Correspondence: Towards Fortran VI?  . . 120--120
              B. W. Dawkins and   
                  H. C. Dawkins   Correspondence: On ``A University
                                  faculty timetable''  . . . . . . . . . . 121--122
             Jan V. Garwick and   
                   J. N. Lyness   Correspondence: On ``The effect of
                                  inadequate convergence criteria in
                                  automatic routines'' . . . . . . . . . . 122--122

The Computer Journal
Volume 13, Number 2, May, 1970

                      A. Gunton   Recovery Procedures for Direct Access
                                  Commercial Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 123--126
             A. L. Humphrey and   
                    W. G. Munro   Management Information Retrieval . . . . 127--130
                      M. Harrop   A basic approach to remote access  . . . 131--135
                 A. J. T. Colin   DOLPHIN --- a text filing system for
                                  University use . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--141
                 A. Learner and   
                      A. L. Lim   A note on transforming context-free
                                  grammars to Wirth-Weber precedence form  142--144
                R. J. Pankhurst   A computer program for generating
                                  diagnostic keys  . . . . . . . . . . . . 145--151
                R. J. Ord-Smith   Generation of permutation sequences:
                                  part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152--155
                 A. J. Cole and   
                     D. Wishart   An Improved Algorithm for the
                                  Jardine-Sibson Method of Generating
                                  Overlapping Clusters . . . . . . . . . . 156--163
               T. I. Silvey and   
                   J. R. Barker   Hybrid Computing Techniques for Solving
                                  Parabolic and Hyperbolic Partial
                                  Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . 164--170
               R. R. Allran and   
               S. E. J. Johnsen   An algorithm for solving nonlinear
                                  programming problems subject to
                                  nonlinear inequality constraints . . . . 171--177
             P. C. Haarhoff and   
                     J. D. Buys   A new method for the optimization of a
                                  nonlinear function subject to nonlinear
                                  constraints  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178--184
              B. A. Murtagh and   
               R. W. H. Sargent   Computational experience with
                                  quadratically convergent minimisation
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--194
                   D. Greenspan   Discrete, Nonlinear String Vibrations    195--201
                  R. E. Scraton   A method for improving the convergence
                                  of Chebyshev series  . . . . . . . . . . 202--203
                     D. J. Fyfe   The use of cubic splines in the solution
                                  of certain fourth order boundary value
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204--205
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 206--207
               P. G. Littlewood   Algorithm 48: Procedure for the
                                  evaluation of an integral occurring in
                                  the mean square response analysis of
                                  linear systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207--208
                  K. W. Smillie   Algorithm 49: Indexing subarrays in
                                  multidimensional arrays  . . . . . . . . 208--208
                     A. G. Bell   Algorithm 50: How to program a computer
                                  to play legal chess  . . . . . . . . . . 208--219
                    K. Fielding   Note on Algorithm 44: Solution of
                                  nonlinear simultaneous equations . . . . 219--219
           C. J. van Rijsbergen   Note on Algorithm 47: A clustering
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219--219
                D. T. Muxworthy   Note on Algorithm 47: A clustering
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219--219
              P. Hammersley and   
                    J. Larmouth   Correspondence: Towards Fortran VI?  . . 220--220
                  D. A. Carrick   Correspondence: Interpretation of
                                  limited entry decision table format  . . 220--221
                   T. H. Merret   Correspondence: Chain processing in PL/1 221--221
                   J. G. Fraser   Correspondence: Further comments on a
                                  line-thinning scheme . . . . . . . . . . 221--222
                  M. J. H. Webb   Book review: \em The Economics of
                                  Computers, by William F. Sharpe, 1969    222--222

The Computer Journal
Volume 13, Number 3, August, 1970

               H. McGregor Ross   The British Standard Data Code and how
                                  to exploit it  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223--229
        M. D. Buckley-Sharp and   
                F. T. C. Harris   A computer program for banking multiple
                                  choice questions . . . . . . . . . . . . 230--236
               T. G. McLain and   
                    A. R. Trice   The MINIMOP multi-access operating
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237--242
                  D. Barton and   
               S. R. Bourne and   
                   J. R. Horton   The structure of the Cambridge algebra
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243--247
                  D. Morris and   
               I. R. Wilson and   
                    P. C. Capon   A system program generator . . . . . . . 248--254
                  I. A. Macleod   SP/1 --- a FORTRAN integrated string
                                  processor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255--260
              J. Nievergelt and   
                   M. I. Irland   Bounce-and-skip. A technique for
                                  directing the flow of control in
                                  programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261--262
                 J. B. Hext and   
                  P. S. Roberts   Syntax analysis by Domolki's algorithm   263--271
                        D. Wood   A generalised normal form theorem for
                                  context-free grammars  . . . . . . . . . 272--277
                     A. G. Bell   Partitioning integers in $N$ dimensions  278--283
              Richard J. Hanson   Automatic Error Bounds for Real Roots of
                                  Polynomials Having Interval Coefficients 284--288
                  H. van de Vel   A note on the automatic pretreatment of
                                  polynomials  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289--290
                   J. C. Taylor   Boundary value problems for singular
                                  ordinary differential equations. A
                                  widely applicable method for calculating
                                  eigenvalues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291--296
                 G. M. Phillips   Analysis of Numerical Iterative Methods
                                  for Solving Integral and
                                  Integrodifferential Equations  . . . . . 297--300
                       A. Jones   Spiral --- A new algorithm for
                                  non-linear parameter estimation using
                                  least squares  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301--308
                  G. Peters and   
                J. H. Wilkinson   The Least Squares Problem and
                                  Pseudo-Inverses  . . . . . . . . . . . . 309--316
                    R. Fletcher   A new approach to variable metric
                                  algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317--322
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 323--323
                D. J. Evans and   
                 L. V. Atkinson   Algorithm 51: An algorithm for the
                                  solution of general three term linear
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323--324
           C. J. van Rijsbergen   Algorithm 52: A fast hierarchic
                                  clustering algorithm . . . . . . . . . . 324--326
                  A. D. Woodall   Note on Algorithms 25, 26. 25: Sort a
                                  section of the elements of an array by
                                  determining the rank of each element.
                                  26: Order the subscripts of an array
                                  section according to the magnitudes of
                                  the elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--326
                  A. D. Woodall   Note on Algorithm 43: A listed radix
                                  sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--326
                  A. H. J. Sale   Note on Algorithm 47: A clustering
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--326
                  R. D. Bennett   Discussion and correspondence: computers
                                  and the business information structure:
                                  new horizons in decision making
                                  effectiveness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327--329

The Computer Journal
Volume 13, Number 4, November, 1970

                      A. C. Day   The use of symbol-state tables . . . . . 332--339
                J. R. Millenson   Language and List Structure of a
                                  Compiler for Experimental Control  . . . 340--343
                 T. H. O'Beirne   Computer Programs Which Play Music with
                                  Microtones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344--349
                   D. P. Treble   Computers and Composition in Change
                                  Ringing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350--351
                K. J. MacCallum   Surfaces for Interactive Graphical
                                  Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352--358
          K. M. Waliuzzaman and   
                 Z. G. Vranesic   On decomposition of multi-valued
                                  switching functions  . . . . . . . . . . 359--362
                   M. R. Abbott   Numerical method for calculating the
                                  dynamic behaviour of a trolley wire
                                  overhead contact system for electric
                                  railways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363--368
             C. W. J. McCallien   The solution of reactor diffusion
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--377
                   D. B. Hunter   Clenshaw's Method for Evaluating Certain
                                  Finite Series  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378--381
               I. Barrodale and   
           F. D. K. Roberts and   
                     C. R. Hunt   Computing best $\ell_p$ approximations
                                  by functions nonlinear in one parameter  382--386
                  J. S. Meditch   Newton's Method in Discrete-Time
                                  Nonlinear Data Smoothing . . . . . . . . 387--391
                J. H. Wilkinson   Book Review: \em A Collection of
                                  Matrices for Testing Computational
                                  Algorithms, by Robert T. Gregory, D. L.
                                  Karney, 1969; 154 pages. (John Wiley and
                                  Sons Ltd., \pounds 4.75) . . . . . . . . 391--391
              D. J. McConalogue   A quasi-intrinsic scheme for passing a
                                  smooth curve through a discrete set of
                                  points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392--396
                    M. R. Scott   Numerical Solution of Unstable Initial
                                  Value Problems by Invariant Imbedding    397--400
                  P. G. O'Regan   Step Size Adjustment At Discontinuities
                                  for Fourth Order Runge--Kutta Methods    401--404
                   V. A. LoDato   The permutation of a certain class of
                                  matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405--410
                  A. R. Gourlay   Generalisation of elementary Hermitian
                                  matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411--412
                   J. O. Ramsay   A family of gradient methods for
                                  optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413--417
                     G. Peckham   A new method for minimising a sum of
                                  squares without calculating gradients    418--420
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 421--421
               R. A. Zambardino   Algorithm 53: Decomposition of positive
                                  definite symmetric band matrices . . . . 421--422
                  A. H. J. Sale   Algorithm 54: Approximation of straight
                                  lines  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422--424
                  A. D. Woodall   Algorithm 55: An internal merge sort
                                  giving ranks of items  . . . . . . . . . 424--425
                  A. D. Woodall   Algorithm 56: To disentangle a chain . . 425--425
          T. O. M. Kronsjö   Algorithm 57: Find . . . . . . . . . . . 425--426
          T. O. M. Kronsjö   Algorithm 58: An illustrative primal
                                  simplex linear program . . . . . . . . . 426--428
          T. O. M. Kronsjö   Algorithm 59: An illustrative primal
                                  simplex linear program using multipliers 428--429
          T. O. M. Kronsjö   Algorithm 60: An illustrative primal
                                  simplex linear program using multipliers
                                  and single dimensional arrays  . . . . . 429--430
          T. O. M. Kronsjö   Algorithm 61: An illustrative self-dual
                                  parametric simplex linear program using
                                  multipliers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430--437
                  W. D. Hoskins   Algorithm 62: Interpolating quintic
                                  splines on equidistant knots . . . . . . 437--438


The Computer Journal
Volume 14, Number 1, February, 1971

                     J. Downing   A computer controlled circulation system 2--6
                 J. A. Campbell   A note on an optimal-fit method for
                                  dynamic allocation of storage  . . . . . 7--9
                  A. H. J. Sale   The classification of FORTRAN statements 10--12
                   C. R. Symons   A cost accounting formula for
                                  multiprogramming computers . . . . . . . 13--20
                   M. Wells and   
              D. Holdsworth and   
                   A. P. McCann   The Eldon 2 operating system for KDF9    21--24
                      R. Alpiar   Double syntax oriented processing  . . . 25--37
                N. Christofides   An Algorithm for the Chromatic Number of
                                  a Graph  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38--39
                    R. H. Stark   A language for algorithms  . . . . . . . 40--44
                   C. C. Foster   Uncoupling central processor and storage
                                  device speeds  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--48
                  P. A. Jackson   PRBS cross-correlation measurements by
                                  hybrid computational techniques  . . . . 49--54
                  P. J. H. King   Correspondence: Interpretation of
                                  limited entry decision table format  . . 54--54
            S. H. Lavington and   
            D. J. Kinniment and   
                  A. E. Knowles   An experimental paging unit  . . . . . . 55--60
               G. C. Coggan and   
                   J. A. Wilson   On-line state estimation with a small
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--64
                   K. A. Redish   Correspondence: (Note on) Algorithm 44   64--64
                  E. L. V. Hope   A high-order solution to the
                                  characteristic initial value problem in
                                  hyperbolic partial differential
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65--72
             William Squire and   
                      M. G. Cox   Correspondence: On ``A bracketing
                                  technique for computing a zero of a
                                  function'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72--72
                 R. P. W. Lewis   The selection of ADI iteration
                                  parameters by numerical experiment for
                                  the solution of Poisson's equation over
                                  a circular area  . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--74
                   W. F. Lunnon   Multi-dimensional map-folding  . . . . . 75--80
                    L. B. Smith   Drawing Ellipses, Hyperbolas Or
                                  Parabolas with a Fixed Number of Points
                                  and Maximum Inscribed Area . . . . . . . 81--86
                    R. L. Allen   Correspondence: On quality of writing    86--86
             D. G. Evershed and   
                   G. E. Rippon   High level languages for low level users 87--90
               H. G. Barrow and   
                  D. Michie and   
          R. J. Popplestone and   
                   S. H. Salter   Tokyo-Edinburgh dialogue on robots in
                                  artificial intelligence research . . . . 91--95
                      D. Michie   Heuristic search . . . . . . . . . . . . 96--102
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 103--103
                  A. D. Woodall   Algorithm 63: A recursive tree sort  . . 103--103
                  A. D. Woodall   Algorithm 64: A non-recursive tree sort  104--104
                  A. H. J. Sale   Algorithm 65: An improved clustering
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--106
                Shirley A. Lill   Note on Algorithm 46: A modified Davidon
                                  method for finding the minimum of a
                                  function using difference approximation
                                  for derivatives  . . . . . . . . . . . . 106--106
                J. L. Berry and   
                     A. G. Bell   Note on Algorithm 50: How to program a
                                  computer to play legal chess . . . . . . 106--107
                    J. G. Fryer   Book review: \em Rank Order
                                  Probabilities: Two Sample Normal Shift
                                  Alternatives, by Roy C. Milton, 1970 . . 107--107

The Computer Journal
Volume 14, Number 2, May, 1971

                   S. J. Waters   Blocking sequentially processed magnetic
                                  files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109--112
                    D. Ball and   
             P. M. Blackall and   
                  V. Gerard and   
              G. R. Macleod and   
               P. J. Marcer and   
                 E. M. Palandri   FOCUS --- a remote access file handling
                                  system on-line to a CDC 6000 series
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--118
              J. C. Baldwin and   
                   R. E. Thomas   Multi-access on the Chilton Atlas  . . . 119--122
                   D. W. Barron   Approaches to conversational FORTRAN . . 123--127
               E. W. Haddon and   
                    L. G. Proll   An ALGOL line-syntax checker . . . . . . 128--132
               R. S. Scowen and   
                   D. Allin and   
              A. L. Hillman and   
                     M. Shimell   SOAP --- a program which documents and
                                  edits ALGOL 60 programs  . . . . . . . . 133--135
                R. J. Ord-Smith   Generation of permutation sequences:
                                  Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136--139
                      A. Ortony   A system for stereo viewing  . . . . . . 140--144
                        J. Kral   Some Properties of the Scatter Storage
                                  Technique with Linear Probing  . . . . . 145--149
                     E. S. Page   Systematic generation of ordered
                                  sequences using recurrence relations . . 150--153
                G. N. Lance and   
                 W. T. Williams   A note on a new divisive classificatory
                                  program for mixed data . . . . . . . . . 154--155
              R. John Lansdowne   Correspondence: On ``The use of
                                  symbol-state tables''  . . . . . . . . . 155--155
                  G. W. Osborne   Correspondence: On ``Bounce-and-skip. A
                                  technique for directing the flow of
                                  control in programs''  . . . . . . . . . 155--155
                      R. Sibson   Some observations on a paper by Lance
                                  and Williams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156--157
             W. T. Williams and   
             H. T. Clifford and   
                    G. N. Lance   Group-size dependence: a rationale for
                                  choice between numerical classifications 157--162
             W. T. Williams and   
                G. N. Lance and   
                 M. B. Dale and   
                 H. T. Clifford   Controversy concerning the criteria for
                                  taxonometric strategies  . . . . . . . . 162--165
                    G. G. Alway   A general factorising algorithm  . . . . 166--168
                    M. Grossman   Parametric curve fitting . . . . . . . . 169--172
                    M. A. Wolfe   The numerical solution of implicit first
                                  order ordinary differential equations
                                  with initial conditions  . . . . . . . . 173--178
                  A. Hadjidimos   Optimum extrapolated ADI iterative
                                  difference schemes for the solution of
                                  Laplace's equation in three space
                                  variables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--183
              M. R. Osborne and   
                   G. A. Watson   On an algorithm for discrete nonlinear
                                  $L_1$ approximation  . . . . . . . . . . 184--188
                 R. Cranley and   
             T. N. L. Patterson   On the automatic numerical evaluation of
                                  definite integrals . . . . . . . . . . . 189--198
             R. G. Bennetts and   
                    D. W. Lewin   Fault diagnosis of digital systems --- a
                                  review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199--206
                  P. Hammersley   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 207--207
              D. J. McConalogue   Algorithm 66: An automatic French-curve
                                  procedure for use with an incremental
                                  plotter  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207--209
              D. J. McConalogue   Algorithm 67: An axis invariant
                                  procedure to provide slopes at points by
                                  local three-point parametric curve
                                  fitting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--209
                  J. R. Manning   Algorithm 68: White to move and mate in
                                  $n$ moves  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--213
              F. Oliveira-Pinto   Algorithm 69: Trigonometric curve
                                  fitting to equally or unequally spaced
                                  data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213--214
          Zs. Kovács and   
                Shirley A. Lill   Note on Algorithm 46: A modified Davidon
                                  method for finding the minimum of a
                                  function using difference approximation
                                  for derivatives  . . . . . . . . . . . . 214--215
                N. E. Gough and   
                 J. B. A. Epton   Note on Algorithm 48: Procedure for the
                                  evaluation of an integral occurring in
                                  the mean square response analysis of
                                  linear systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215--215
          T. O. M. Kronsjö   Note on Algorithms 58 to 61  . . . . . . 215--215

The Computer Journal
Volume 14, Number 3, August, 1971

                 C. F. Reynolds   CODIL, Part 1. The importance of
                                  flexibility  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217--220
                  D. Morris and   
              T. G. Kennedy and   
                        L. Last   Flocoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221--223
               R. J. W. Housden   Phrase structures in FORTRAN . . . . . . 224--228
                  I. A. Macleod   MP/1 --- a FORTRAN macroprocessor  . . . 229--231
                    C. B. Jones   A New Approach to the `Hidden Line'
                                  Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232--237
                      G. Molnar   SEL --- a self-extensible programming
                                  language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238--242
               David Barton and   
              I. M. Willers and   
                 R. V. M. Zahar   The automatic solution of systems of
                                  ordinary differential equations by the
                                  method of Taylor series  . . . . . . . . 243--248
              L. D. Higgins and   
               Francis J. Smith   Disc Access Algorithms . . . . . . . . . 249--253
                    D. W. Lewin   Advanced aspects of asynchronous logic
                                  design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--259
                   V. A. LoDato   The minimisation of distance in
                                  placement algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 260--262
             M. J. Beaubien and   
                      A. Wexler   Iterative, finite difference solution of
                                  interior eigenvalues and eigenfunctions
                                  of Laplace's operator  . . . . . . . . . 263--269
             R. A. C. Boggs and   
                    F. J. Smith   A note on the integration of ordinary
                                  differential equations using Chebyshev
                                  series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--271
                      M. G. Cox   An algorithm for approximating convex
                                  functions by means of first degree
                                  splines  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272--275
                R. Fletcher and   
                J. A. Grant and   
                   M. D. Hebden   The calculation of linear best $L_p$
                                  approximations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276--279
                        J. Grad   Matrix Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . 280--284
               R. J. Hanson and   
                        P. Dyer   A computational algorithm for sequential
                                  estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--290
                      F. T. Man   A high-order method of solution for the
                                  Lyapunov matrix equation . . . . . . . . 291--292
                A. Matthews and   
                      D. Davies   A comparison of modified Newton methods
                                  for unconstrained optimisation . . . . . 293--294
                   S. McKee and   
                 A. R. Mitchell   Alternating direction methods for
                                  parabolic equations in three space
                                  dimensions with mixed derivatives  . . . 295--300
                      J. Oliver   The evaluation of definite integrals
                                  using high-order formulae  . . . . . . . 301--306
                     J. K. Reid   A note on the approximation of plane
                                  regions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307--308
                  A. Zafarullah   Some stable implicit difference methods
                                  for heat equation with derivative
                                  boundary condition . . . . . . . . . . . 309--311
                 J. M. Chambers   Another round of FORTRAN . . . . . . . . 312--314
                     I. D. Hill   Faults in functions, in ALGOL and
                                  FORTRAN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--316
                     B. Randell   Ludgate's analytical machine of 1909 . . 317--326

The Computer Journal
Volume 14, Number 4, November, 1971

                 C. F. Reynolds   CODIL, Part 2. The CODIL language and
                                  its interpreter  . . . . . . . . . . . . 327--332
                   R. W. Bonney   A keyword index file of British book
                                  titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333--337
                    A. J. Jones   Correspondence: On quality of writing    337--337
               J. W. Bridle and   
                R. J. Gregersen   CMSR --- a personnel information system  338--343
               J. A. Tomlin and   
               D. C. Cooper and   
                     D. A. Bell   Book reviews: \em Integer and Dynamic
                                  Programming, by J. Abadie (editor),
                                  1970; \em Algorithms and Recursive
                                  Functions, by A. L. Mal'cev, 1970; \em
                                  Information Theory for Systems Engineers
                                  (Econometrics and Operations Research
                                  XVII), by L. P. Hyvärinen, 1970 . . . . . 343--343
              A. J. Leonard and   
                    M. E. Tribe   Notable features of Orion  . . . . . . . 344--347
                 G. Houston and   
                   R. Gillespie   Integration of batch and timesharing
                                  services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348--351
               M. J. Ecclestone   Correspondence: On ``A quasi-intrinsic
                                  scheme for passing a smooth curve
                                  through a discrete set of points'' . . . 351--351
                 Terry G. Seaks   Erratum: The evaluation of eigenvalues
                                  and eigenvectors of real symmetric
                                  matrices by simultaneous iteration . . . 351--351
                  J. N. Sturman   The functional partitioning of
                                  memory-its application to interactive
                                  computing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352--360
                     J. W. Gale   Correspondence: On the February 1971
                                  editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360--360
           J. N. G. Brittan and   
                F. J. M. Farley   College timetable construction by
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361--365
                S. H. Valentine   Correspondence: ``On the automatic
                                  numerical evaluation of definite
                                  integrals''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365--365
                R. C. Backhouse   Correspondence: On ``High level
                                  languages for low level users''  . . . . 365--365
                    M. Etherton   Data structures for a network design
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366--374
                 E. L. Albaseny   Book reviews: \em Numerik Symmetrischer
                                  Matrizen, by H. Rutishauser, E. Stiefel
                                  and H. Schwarz, 1968; \em Computational
                                  Methods in Partial Differential
                                  Equations, by A. R. Mitchell, 1969 . . . 374--374
                       A. Ricci   An algorithm for the removal of hidden
                                  lines in 3D scenes . . . . . . . . . . . 375--377
                   Anthony Wren   Book review: \em Case Exercises in
                                  Operations Research, by J. J. C. Martin
                                  and R. A. Denison, 1971  . . . . . . . . 377--377
                   B. J. Austin   A dynamic disc allocation algorithm
                                  designed to reduce fragmentation during
                                  file reloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378--381
          C. J. Evangelisti and   
                    S. P. Morse   Graphical modelling using contextually
                                  implied functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 382--389
                   A. Young and   
                     L. Fox and   
                   D. F. Mayers   Book reviews: \em Convexity and
                                  Optimization in Finite Dimensions I, by
                                  Josef Stoer and Christoph Witzgall,
                                  1970; \em On Round-off Errors in Linear
                                  Programming, by H. Müller-Merbach, 1970;
                                  \em Approximation Theory, edited by A.
                                  Talbot, 1970 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390--390
                   M. Foley and   
                 C. A. R. Hoare   Proof of a recursive program: Quicksort  391--395
                        D. Wood   A further note on top-down deterministic
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396--403
                 N. Jardine and   
                      R. Sibson   Choice of methods for automatic
                                  classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404--406
           C. J. van Rijsbergen   An algorithm for information structuring
                                  and retrieval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407--412
                 J. M. Watt and   
                    J. Z. Young   Book reviews: \em Computation and Theory
                                  in Ordinary Differential Equations, by
                                  James W. Daniel and Ramon E. Moore,
                                  1970; Progress in Brain Research, Vol.
                                  33. \em Computers and Brains, by J. P.
                                  Schade and J. Smith, 1970  . . . . . . . 412--412
                  D. Zissos and   
                   F. G. Duncan   NOR and NAND operators in Boolean
                                  algebra applied to switching circuit
                                  design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413--417
                N. Christofides   Zero-one programming using non-binary
                                  tree-search  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418--421
                    R. P. Brent   An Algorithm with Guaranteed Convergence
                                  for Finding a Zero of a Function . . . . 422--425
                   P. R. Walwyn   Correspondence: On ``High level
                                  languages for low level users''  . . . . 425--425
                     S. Hoshino   On Davies, Swann and Campey minimisation
                                  process  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426--427
                   D. Knibb and   
                  R. E. Scraton   On the solution of parabolic partial
                                  differential equations in Chebyshev
                                  series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428--432
                    R. Piessens   Some aspects of Gaussian quadrature
                                  formulae for the numerical inversion of
                                  the Laplace transform  . . . . . . . . . 433--436
                   L. J. Slater   Book review: \em Mathematical Model
                                  Building in Economics and Industry
                                  (Second Series), by M. G. Kendall
                                  (editor), 1970 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436--436
                        P. Wynn   A note on the generalised Euler
                                  transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437--441
            A. S. Anderssen and   
                    E. T. White   Improved numerical methods for Volterra
                                  integral equations of the first kind . . 442--443
                    D. W. Honey   Correspondence: Calculation of a
                                  double-length square root from a double
                                  length number using single precision
                                  techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443--443
                 R. F. Shepherd   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 444--444
                    D. J. Evans   Algorithm 69: An algorithm for the
                                  solution of symmetric general three term
                                  linear systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444--445
                    A. Jennings   Algorithm 70: Solution of variable
                                  bandwidth positive definite simultaneous
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446--446
                 J. K. S. Dewar   Algorithm 71: Procedures for interval
                                  arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447--450
                M. A. Sabin and   
              D. J. McConalogue   Note on Algorithm 67: An axis invariant
                                  procedure to provide slopes at points by
                                  local three-point parametric curve
                                  fitting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451--451


The Computer Journal
Volume 15, Number 1, February, 1972

                   S. J. Waters   File design fallacies  . . . . . . . . . 1--4
                       J. Palme   Correspondence: On high level languages  4--4, 36--36
              D. G. Bennett and   
                R. A. Davenport   A facility for real-time program
                                  development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--7
                 R. B. K. Dewar   Correspondence: On ``Another round of
                                  FORTRAN''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--7
                 B. A. Wichmann   Five ALGOL compilers . . . . . . . . . . 8--12
                     A. J. Finn   Correspondence: Suggested Extensions to
                                  FORTRAN IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12--12
                 J. S. Rohl and   
                     J. A. Linn   A note on compiling arithmetic
                                  expressions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--14
                J. G. P. Barnes   Real time languages for process control  15--17
                     I. D. Hill   Correspondence: On ``High level
                                  languages for low level users''  . . . . 17--17
                     K. Dos and   
                        H. Otto   Optimal dynamic use of memory for PL/1
                                  object programs in a real memory
                                  environment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--20
                     G. M. Bull   Dynamic debugging in BASIC . . . . . . . 21--24
                    E. Whiteley   Correspondence: On ``Step size
                                  adjustment at discontinuities for fourth
                                  order Runge--Kutta methods'' . . . . . . 24--24
             J. L. M. Smith and   
                   T. S. Holden   Restart of an Operating System having a
                                  Permanent File Structure . . . . . . . . 25--31
               J. F. Lubran and   
                  J. D. Roberts   Some observations on `least time to go'
                                  scheduling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--36
                   J. A. N. Lee   The formal definition of the BASIC
                                  language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--41
                   R. N. Ibbett   The MU5 instruction pipeline . . . . . . 42--50
                W. P. Boote and   
                S. R. Clark and   
                   T. A. Rourke   Simulation of a paging computer system   51--57
                     L. B. Hunt   Numerical smoothing and filtering in $N$
                                  dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58--65
            C. S. Wetherell and   
            T. J. Buckholtz and   
                    K. S. Booth   A director for Kriegspiel, a variant of
                                  chess  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66--70
                  A. R. Forrest   Interactive interpolation and
                                  approximation by Bézier polynomials . . . 71--79
                 P. E. Gill and   
                   G. F. Miller   An algorithm for the integration of
                                  unequally spaced data  . . . . . . . . . 80--83
                 B. S. Thornton   Reduction and linearisation of quadratic
                                  constrained optimisation in linked
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84--87
                    P. A. Samet   Insight, not numbers . . . . . . . . . . 88--92
                  A. J. Flavell   Correspondence: On ``Another round of
                                  FORTRAN''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92--92

The Computer Journal
Volume 15, Number 2, May, 1972

            G. F. Coulouris and   
                J. M. Evans and   
                 R. W. Mitchell   Towards Content-Addressing in Data Bases 95--98
                     R. N. Cuff   A conversational compiler for full PL/I  99--104
                    M. A. Sabin   Correspondence: Comments on some
                                  algorithms for the representation of
                                  curves by straight line segments . . . . 104--104
                A. E. Brown and   
             C. E. Phillips and   
             J. S. Scandale and   
                  D. P. Sparrow   A data collection and display system for
                                  a large-scale simulation . . . . . . . . 105--108
                P. C. Capon and   
                  D. Morris and   
                 J. S. Rohl and   
                   I. R. Wilson   The MU5 compiler target language and
                                  autocode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109--112
                  D. Morris and   
            G. D. Detlefsen and   
                G. R. Frank and   
                  T. J. Sweeney   The structure of the MU5 operating
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--116
                    P. A. Samet   Calculation of a double-length square
                                  root from double-length number using
                                  single precision techniques  . . . . . . 116--116
                 J. E. Stoy and   
                    C. Strachey   OS6 --- an experimental operating system
                                  for a small computer. Part 1: general
                                  principles and structure . . . . . . . . 117--124
                    G. Moon and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: On editorial policy  . . 124--124
               E. W. Elcock and   
             J. J. McGregor and   
                   A. M. Murray   Data directed control and operating
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--129
              J. Meredith Smith   Proof and validation of program
                                  correctness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--131
                 P. B. Fellgett   Correspondence: The wonderland of
                                  operating systems  . . . . . . . . . . . 131--131
             M. R. Williams and   
                     B. Randell   Correspondence: On ``Ludgate's
                                  analytical machine of 1909'  . . . . . . 131--131
                   S. H. Storey   Optimal fixed batch sizes for real-time
                                  inquiry systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . 132--133
                   M. H. Beilby   Road Traffic Simulation on a Small
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134--137
                    B. A. Lewis   Correspondence: On ``Improved numerical
                                  methods for Volterra integral equations
                                  of the first kind''  . . . . . . . . . . 137--137
             M. P. Atkinson and   
                     S. R. Lang   A comparison of some inverse Laplace
                                  transform techniques for use in circuit
                                  design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--139
                      J. Hyslop   A note on the accuracy of optimisation
                                  techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140--140
                      J. Oliver   A doubly-adaptive Clenshaw--Curtis
                                  quadrature method  . . . . . . . . . . . 141--147
       E. G. Schlechtendahl and   
                    U. Schumann   Correspondence: Remarks on ``Faults in
                                  functions, in ALGOL and FORTRAN''  . . . 147--147
               D. R. Powell and   
                J. R. Macdonald   A rapidly convergent iterative method
                                  for the solution of the generalised
                                  nonlinear least squares problem  . . . . 148--155
                   H. E. Salzer   Lagrangian interpolation at the
                                  Chebyshev points $x_{n,\nu} \equiv
                                  \cos(\nu\pi/n), \nu = 0(1)n$; some
                                  unnoted advantages . . . . . . . . . . . 156--159
                 R. P. Saunders   A description and analysis of character
                                  maps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160--169
                  M. H. J. Webb   Computer procurement policies for
                                  universities and similar users . . . . . 170--175
                  C. H. Lindsey   ALGOL 68 with fewer tears  . . . . . . . 176--188

The Computer Journal
Volume 15, Number 3, August, 1972

                   M. V. Wilkes   On Preserving the Integrity of Data
                                  Bases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191--194
                 J. E. Stoy and   
                    C. Strachey   OS6 --- an experimental operating system
                                  for a small computer. Part 2:
                                  input/output and filing system . . . . . 195--203
                    B. Wegbreit   A generalised compactifying garbage
                                  collector  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204--208
           K. M. Cunningham and   
                  J. C. Ogilvie   Evaluation of hierarchical grouping
                                  techniques; a preliminary study  . . . . 209--213
              D. M. Jackson and   
                    L. J. White   Stability problems in non-statistical
                                  classification theory  . . . . . . . . . 214--221
                L. W. Smith and   
                      S. S. Yau   Generation of regular expressions for
                                  automata by the integral of regular
                                  expressions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222--228
                 Z. J. Ghandour   Formal systems and analysis of context
                                  sensitive languages  . . . . . . . . . . 229--237
                 R. G. Bennetts   A realistic approach to detection test
                                  set generation for combinational logic
                                  circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238--246
                      W. Cooper   Correspondence: On ``A quasi-intrinsic
                                  scheme for passing a smooth curve
                                  through a discrete set of points'' . . . 246--246
                  C. R. Edwards   The logic of Boolean matrices  . . . . . 247--253
             Z. G. Vranesic and   
                 V. C. Hamacher   Ternary logic in parallel multipliers    254--258
                  R. E. Scraton   Correspondence: The generalised Euler
                                  transformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258--258
                   H. W. Bradly   Correspondence: On high level languages  258--258
                   David Silber   Correspondence: On ``Dynamic debugging
                                  in BASIC'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258--258
                   S. J. Waters   Erratum: ``File design fallacies'' . . . 258--258
                A. C. Clare and   
                 E. M. Cook and   
                    M. F. Lynch   The identification of variable-length,
                                  equifrequent character strings in a
                                  natural language data base . . . . . . . 259--262
              W. R. Willcox and   
                   S. P. Lapage   Automatic construction of diagnostic
                                  tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--267
                     B. L. Meek   Correspondence: On ``Suggested
                                  Extensions to FORTRAN IV'' . . . . . . . 267--267
                    J. Grad and   
                   E. Zakrajsek   $LR$ algorithm with Laguerre shift for
                                  symmetric tridiagonal matrices . . . . . 268--270
                   H. F. Kaiser   The JK method: a procedure for finding
                                  the eigenvectors and eigenvalues of a
                                  real symmetric matrix  . . . . . . . . . 271--273
                     D. T. Hall   Correspondence: On FORTRAN complainants  273--273
                      G. Loizou   On the Quadratic Convergence of the
                                  Jacobi Method for Normal Matrices  . . . 274--276
                     P. Bare\vs   Correspondence: On ``The formal
                                  definition of the BASIC language'' . . . 276--276
                 R. P. Tewarson   On minimax solutions of linear equations 277--279
                 R. F. Shepherd   Algorithms supplement: Previously
                                  published algorithms . . . . . . . . . . 280--281
                 H. S. P. Jones   Algorithm 72: Multiple integer
                                  arithmetic procedures in ALGOL . . . . . 281--282
              W. D. Hoskins and   
                     P. R. King   Algorithm 73: Periodic cubic spline
                                  interpolation using parametric splines   282--283
              W. D. Hoskins and   
                 P. R. King and   
                   T. H. Andres   Algorithm 74: Interpolation using
                                  periodic splines of odd order with
                                  equi-distant knots . . . . . . . . . . . 283--285
                 J. K. S. Dewar   Note on Algorithm 71: Procedures for
                                  interval arithmetic  . . . . . . . . . . 285--285
              D. J. McConalogue   Note on Algorithm 66: An automatic
                                  French-curve procedure for use with an
                                  incremental plotter  . . . . . . . . . . 285--285

The Computer Journal
Volume 15, Number 4, November, 1972

                C. O. M. Stross   Operation of a Disc Data Base  . . . . . 290--297
                       M. Shain   Acceptance Trials for a Real Time System 298--301
                  C. J. Burgess   Compile-Time Error Diagnostics in
                                  Syntax-Directed Compilers  . . . . . . . 302--307
               D. R. Gayler and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: On editorial policy  . . 307--307
                       M. Wells   File Compression Using Variable Length
                                  Encodings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--313
           F. R. A. Hopgood and   
                   J. Davenport   The Quadratic Hash Method When the Table
                                  Size is a Power of $2$ . . . . . . . . . 314--315
            Marya Goldman Repko   Animated Cartoon Design with a CRT . . . 316--320
                 C. A. R. Hoare   Proof of a structured program: The sieve
                                  of Eratosthenes' . . . . . . . . . . . . 321--325
                     R. F. Ling   On the theory and construction of
                                  $k$-clusters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--332
                   J. R. Ehrman   Correspondence: On ``Suggested
                                  Extensions to FORTRAN IV'' . . . . . . . 332--332
                       M. Ahmad   Iterative schemes for high speed
                                  division . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333--336
                     P. A. Lynn   Recursive Digital Filters with
                                  Linear-Phase Characteristics . . . . . . 337--342
               P. A. Beaven and   
                    D. W. Lewin   An associative parallel processing
                                  system for non-numerical computation . . 343--349
                I. R. Smith and   
                   L. A. Snider   Numerical Solution of the Differential
                                  Equations of a Synchronous Generator . . 350--355
                    D. J. Evans   An algorithm for the solution of certain
                                  tridiagonal systems of linear equations  356--359
                J. A. Templeman   Correspondence: On ``A data collection
                                  and display system for a large-scale
                                  simulation'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359--359
                   J. A. Shanks   Romberg tables for singular integrands   360--361
                     D. B. Cook   Correspondence: `Packing' in FORTRAN . . 361--361
                   J. L. Seldon   Correspondence: The postage stamp
                                  problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361--361
                  D. Barton and   
                    J. P. Fitch   A review of algebraic manipulative
                                  programs and their application . . . . . 362--381
                 J. M. Chambers   Correspondence: On ``Another round of
                                  FORTRAN''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381--381
                    C. M. Crane   Algorithm 75: Contour Plotting for
                                  Functions specified at Nodal Points of
                                  an Irregular Mesh based on an Arbitrary
                                  Two-Parameter Coordinate System  . . . . 382--384
                 R. F. Shepherd   Algorithms supplement: Statement of
                                  policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384--384


The Computer Journal
Volume 5, Number 1, 1973

              A. W. Goldsworthy   Computers and Privacy --- A Review of
                                  the Younger Comm. Report . . . . . . . . ??


The Computer Journal
Volume 7, Number 1, 1973

         John B. Farmakides and   
                         others   Legal Aspects of Computerized
                                  Information Systems  . . . . . . . . . . ??


The Computer Journal
Volume 16, Number 1, February, 1973

                  P. Hammersley   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--3
                   M. V. Wilkes   The dynamics of paging . . . . . . . . . 4--9
                    P. J. Brown   UNRAVEL --- a programming language to
                                  put intelligence into dumps  . . . . . . 10--12
              V. G. Coulson and   
                 I. D. Hill and   
                  V. F. Hillier   ALGOL survey program . . . . . . . . . . 13--15
                I. R. MacCallum   A simple analysis of the $n^{\rm th}$
                                  order polyphase sort . . . . . . . . . . 16--18
                    R. J. Dakin   Correspondence: Impressions following
                                  the BCS Conference on Computer
                                  Performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--18
                 D. Wheeler and   
                 R. Needham and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: On word use  . . . . . . 18--18
            P. L. Higginson and   
                 P. T. Kirstein   On the computation of cyclic redundancy
                                  checks by program  . . . . . . . . . . . 19--22
                    J. P. Fitch   On algebraic simplification  . . . . . . 23--27
              R. I. Chaplin and   
              R. E. Crosbie and   
                      J. L. Hay   A graphical representation of the
                                  Backus-Naur form . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--29
                      R. Sibson   SLINK: an optimally efficient algorithm
                                  for the single-link cluster method . . . 30--34
                J. G. Griffiths   Drawing opaque solids using an
                                  incremental plotter  . . . . . . . . . . 35--38
                   D. J. Grover   Message orientated interactive graphics  39--45
                M. F. Lynch and   
                   J. H. Petrie   A program suite for the production of
                                  articulated subject indexes  . . . . . . 46--51
                  D. M. Jackson   Closed form approximations for random
                                  errors in distance functions . . . . . . 52--56
              D. M. Boulton and   
                  C. S. Wallace   Occupancy of a rectangular array . . . . 57--63
                    A. D. Maude   Interpolation --- Mainly for Graph
                                  Plotters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64--65
                  V. Zakian and   
               R. K. Littlewood   Numerical inversion of Laplace
                                  transforms by weighted least-squares
                                  approximation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66--68
                J. A. Grant and   
                 G. D. Hitchins   The Solution of Polynomial Equations in
                                  Interval Arithmetic  . . . . . . . . . . 69--72
              F. Oliveira-Pinto   Simultaneous trigonometric approximation
                                  of the function and its first derivative 73--76
                   G. A. Watson   On estimating best approximations of
                                  functions defined by integral equations  77--80
                      Anonymous   COBOL Information Bulletin Number 16 . . 81--92
                 F. James Rohlf   Algorithm 76: Hierarchical clustering
                                  using the minimum spanning tree  . . . . 93--95
                 R. F. Shepherd   Algorithms supplement --- Statement of
                                  Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--95

The Computer Journal
Volume 16, Number 2, May, 1973

              P. M. Stocker and   
                 P. A. Dearnley   Self-organising data management systems  100--105
                   M. M. Lehman   Computer usage control . . . . . . . . . 106--110
               D. W. Lozier and   
              L. C. Maximon and   
                 W. L. Sadowski   A bit comparison program for algorithm
                                  testing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111--117
                     B. Gay and   
                    S. G. Payne   Interactive digital simulation on a
                                  small computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--121
                    P. J. Brown   A practical usage of outer and inner
                                  syntax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--123
                   C. R. Jordan   A note on LISP universal $S$-functions   124--125
                        C. Bays   Some Techniques for Structuring Chained
                                  Hash Tables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126--131
                  A. J. Szanser   Bracketing technique in elastic matching 132--134
                    F. P. Wyman   Binary programming: a decision rule for
                                  selecting optimal vs heuristic
                                  techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--140
                  Z. Kohavi and   
             J. A. Rivierre and   
                      I. Kohavi   Machine distinguishing experiments . . . 141--147
        F. W. M. Stentiford and   
                    D. W. Lewin   An evolutionary approach to the concept
                                  of randomness  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--151
                     N. Marovac   A single data-display structure: a new
                                  view on interactive computer graphics in
                                  CAD  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152--156
                       A. Ricci   A constructive geometry for computer
                                  graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--160
                       M. Ahmad   The computing speed of a new machine . . 161--164
                    S. L. Hurst   The application of Chow parameters and
                                  Rademacher-Walsh matrices in the
                                  synthesis of binary functions  . . . . . 165--173
                  D. Zissos and   
                   F. G. Duncan   Boolean minimisation . . . . . . . . . . 174--179
             K. Spyropoulos and   
             E. Kiountouzis and   
                       A. Young   Discrete approximation in the $L_1$ norm 180--186
               Jan Christiansen   Algorithm 77: Solving a system of
                                  simultaneous ordinary differential
                                  equations of the first order using a
                                  method for automatic step change . . . . 187--188
                       J. Palme   Correspondence: SIMPL/I --- a new
                                  simulation language from IBM . . . . . . 189--189
                G. H. Kirby and   
                 The Editor and   
                    R. Wane and   
                 I. D. Hill and   
                     Brian Meek   Correspondence: Letters to \em The
                                  Computer Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . 189--190
                   H. E. Salzer   Correspondence: On ``Lagrangian
                                  interpolation at the Chebyshev points
                                  $x_{n,\nu} \equiv \cos(\nu\pi/n), \nu =
                                  0(1)n$'' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--190

The Computer Journal
Volume 16, Number 3, August, 1973

               H. W. G. Gearing   Editorial: the silent business user  . . 194--195
                   R. Jorre and   
                G. Boyfield and   
                      J. Darkin   Data communication user research in the
                                  Post Office: Part 1  . . . . . . . . . . 196--204
                F. G. Heath and   
                   C. M. Reeves   Book reviews: \em Computer Logic Design,
                                  by M. Morris Mano, 1972; \em Logic and
                                  Logic Design, By B. Girling and H. G.
                                  Moring; \em An Introduction to Job
                                  Control Language, by Ronald J. DeMasi
                                  and Francis J. Longo, 1972 . . . . . . . 204--204
            J. K. Broadbent and   
                G. F. Coulouris   MEMBERS --- a Microprogrammed
                                  Experimental Machine with a Basic
                                  Executive for Real-time Systems  . . . . 205--208
                 C. A. R. Hoare   A structured paging system . . . . . . . 209--215
                 B. Girling and   
                    D. A. Sturt   Book reviews: \em Computer Simulation of
                                  Dynamic Systems, by R. J. Kochenburger,
                                  1972; \em Electronic Data Processing and
                                  Computers for Commercial Students, by E.
                                  A. Bird, 1972  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215--215
                   J. L. Dawson   Combining interpretive code with machine
                                  code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216--219
                R. J. Dakin and   
                    P. C. Poole   A mixed code approach  . . . . . . . . . 219--222
                 J. K. Reid and   
                    D. W. Lewin   Book reviews: \em Sparse Matrices and
                                  their Applications, edited by D. L. Rose
                                  and R. A. Willoughby, 1972; \em
                                  Introduction to Digital Computer
                                  Technology, by Louis Nashelsky, 1973 . . 222--222
                J. A. Llewellyn   The deadly embrace --- a finite state
                                  model approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223--225
                  J. R. Ullmann   Book review: \em Introduction to
                                  Mathematical Techniques in Pattern
                                  Recognition, by Harry C. Andrews, 1972   225--225
           H. C. Lucas, Jr. and   
                     L. Presser   A method of software evaluation: the
                                  case of programming language translators 226--231
                     G. Terrine   Coordinate grammars and parsers  . . . . 232--244
                      Anonymous   Eric Mutch Memorial Prize  . . . . . . . 244--244
              D. V. A. Campbell   Errata: ``A simple analysis of the
                                  $n^{\rm th}$ order polyphase sort''  . . 244--244
                S. G. Tzafestas   State estimation algorithms for
                                  non-linear stochastic sequential
                                  machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245--253
             R. M. Burstall and   
                    P. A. Samet   Book reviews: \em Representation and
                                  Meaning, by Herbert A. Simon and Laurent
                                  Siklossy, 1972; \em A Collection of
                                  Programming Problems and Techniques, by
                                  H. A. Maurer and M. R. Williams, 1972    253--253
              D. M. Boulton and   
                  C. S. Wallace   An Information Measure for Hierarchic
                                  Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--261
                 Joan Walsh and   
                    P. A. Samet   Book reviews: \em Computer Applications
                                  of Numerical Methods, by Shan S. Kuo,
                                  1972; \em Introduction to Computational
                                  Methods for Students of Calculus, by S.
                                  S. McNeary, 1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . 261--261
                N. Christofides   Large scheduling problems with bivalent
                                  costs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262--264
                   C. B. Dunham   When absolute approximations are optimal
                                  in function subroutines  . . . . . . . . 265--265
                   E. M. Chance   Book review: \em FORTRAN Techniques, by
                                  A. Colin Day, 1972 . . . . . . . . . . . 265--265
                  N. G. Meadows   Automatic frequency and Mikhailov locus
                                  plotting for systems with distributed
                                  lags: A new analogue computer technique  266--268
                     A. G. Bell   Himmelbett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--272
                   Tran Van Hoa   Algorithm 78: Counting preferential
                                  votes in multi-member constituencies
                                  using absolute majority criteria . . . . 273--276
                     D. Liggins   Algorithm 79: An algorithm for the
                                  capacitated transportation problem . . . 276--278
                  A. Benson and   
                    D. J. Evans   Algorithm 80: An algorithm for the
                                  solution of periodic quindiagonal
                                  systems of linear equations  . . . . . . 278--279
                 R. F. Shepherd   Algorithms supplement --- Statement of
                                  Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--280
                      Anonymous   Operational Research Society annual
                                  conference: Torquay November 13--16 1973
                                  --- Changes resulting from developments
                                  in telecommunications  . . . . . . . . . 280--280
                  C. A. Bowring   Discussion and correspondence: using
                                  macros to aid assembly-language teaching 281--283
                       P. Giles   Implementation problems --- why are they
                                  seldom aired in the journal? . . . . . . 283--283
                   D. W. Barron   Correspondence: On editorial policy  . . 284--284
               C. B. Dunham and   
                   G. A. Watson   Correspondence: Degeneracy in the matrix
                                  of partial derivatives . . . . . . . . . 284--284
                 L. J. Gallaher   Correspondence: On Dijkstra and the GOTO
                                  statement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284--285
            A. J. D. Pawson and   
               F. R. A. Hopgood   Correspondence: Hashing techniques for
                                  table searching  . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--285
                D. T. Muxworthy   Correspondence: On ``Compile-Time Error
                                  Diagnostics in Syntax-Directed
                                  Compilers''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285--285
       Robert A. Fairthorne and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: On word use  . . . . . . 286--286
                C. R. Tyler and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: Editorial  . . . . . . . 286--287
                  D. G. Glading   Correspondence: On Dakin's letter  . . . 287--287
               R. N. Ibbett and   
            E. T. Warburton and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: The computing speed of a
                                  new machine  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287--287
         Charles J. Gibbons and   
                       M. Wells   Correspondence: On ``File Compression
                                  Using Variable Length Encodings''  . . . 287--287

The Computer Journal
Volume 16, Number 4, November, 1973

                     E. S. Page   Editorial: the journal --- why and what
                                  for  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290--290
                   R. Jorre and   
                G. Boyfield and   
                      J. Darkin   Data communication user research in the
                                  Post Office: Part 2  . . . . . . . . . . 292--302
                  J. Inglis and   
                      E. G. Dee   Flexibility of Block-length for Magnetic
                                  Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303--307
               R. J. Leaman and   
                M. H. Lloyd and   
                   C. S. Repton   The development and testing of a
                                  processor self-test program  . . . . . . 308--314
                  M. I. Padgett   Tree Driven Data Input and its
                                  Validation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--321
              P. B. Schneck and   
                  Ellinor Angel   A FORTRAN to FORTRAN optimising compiler 322--330
               H. Whitfield and   
                    A. S. Wight   EMAS --- the Edinburgh Multi-Access
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331--346
                E. A. Akkoyunlu   A linear algorithm for computing the
                                  optimum university timetable . . . . . . 347--350
                 J. Bordier and   
                        H. Saya   A necessary and sufficient condition for
                                  a power language to be LL(k) . . . . . . 351--356
               R. C. Varney and   
                 M. H. Gotterer   The structural foundation for an
                                  operating system . . . . . . . . . . . . 357--359
                D. H. Green and   
                   R. G. Kelsch   Nonlinear Ternary Feedback Shift
                                  Registers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360--367
                   P. F. Stojak   Hybrid and Digital Computation Results
                                  in Multicomponent Distillation
                                  Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--374
              F. Oliveira-Pinto   Generalised Chebyshev Polynomials and
                                  Their Use in Numerical Approximation . . 375--379
                    D. C. Brown   Discussion and correspondence: the
                                  project, and the future of Computing
                                  Science courses  . . . . . . . . . . . . 380--382


The Computer Journal
Volume 8, Number 1, 1974

                   Sven Eriksen   The Data Base Concept  . . . . . . . . . ??


The Computer Journal
Volume 17, Number 1, February, 1974

                J. K. Broadbent   Microprogramming and System Architecture 2--8
                 D. A. H. Brown   Some Error Correcting Codes for Certain
                                  Transposition and Transcription Errors
                                  in Decimal Integers  . . . . . . . . . . 9--12
                 P. A. Dearnley   A model of a self-organising data
                                  management system  . . . . . . . . . . . 13--16
                   S. J. Waters   Methodology of Computer Systems Design   17--24
                 P. Burnett and   
                 P. A. Kidd and   
                   A. M. Lister   Simulation of Real-Time Program Faults   25--27
              J. H. Kardasz and   
                      G. Molnar   A SIMULA-based structure oriented
                                  language for the dynamic simulation of
                                  chemical plants  . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--37
                   Ben Wegbreit   Procedure Closure in EL1 . . . . . . . . 38--43
                   J. Cohen and   
                  Eileen Carton   Non-Deterministic Fortran  . . . . . . . 44--51
                J. J. Florentin   Consistency Auditing of Databases  . . . 52--58
                      J. Inglis   Inverted Indexes and Multi-List
                                  Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--63
                     D. Pai and   
                       D. Lewin   Analysis of Sequential Logic Circuits    64--68
                 E. S. Page and   
                      L. Waller   An interactive approach for the solution
                                  of a class of discrete optimisation
                                  problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69--74
                 D. A. Phillips   A preliminary investigation of function
                                  optimisation by a combination of methods 75--79
                W. Proskurowski   Ordering Method to Accelerate the
                                  Solution of Mate-In-Two Chess Problems
                                  by Computer  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--81
              Dana L. Ulery and   
                   H. M. Khalil   A survey of language-oriented systems
                                  for numerical linear algebra . . . . . . 82--88
                 R. James Rohlf   Algorithm 81: Dendrogram plot  . . . . . 89--91
                  W. D. Hoskins   Note on Algorithm 74: Interpolation
                                  using periodic splines of odd order with
                                  equi-distant knots . . . . . . . . . . . 91--91
                 R. F. Shepherd   Algorithms supplement: Statement of
                                  policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--92
                W. R. Broderick   Book reviews: \em Spline Analysis, by
                                  Martin H. Schultz, 1972; \em
                                  Introduction to Programming, by A.
                                  Sharp; \em Algol Programming, by R. W.
                                  Sharp  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92--92
                  J. M. Triance   Handling records with a variable
                                  structure in COBOL . . . . . . . . . . . 93--94
                 D. A. H. Brown   Correspondence: Cyclic redundancy
                                  checking by program  . . . . . . . . . . 94--95
                   F. Poole and   
                  P. M. Stocker   Correspondence: On ``Self-organising
                                  data management systems''  . . . . . . . 95--95
                   J. Boothroyd   Correspondence: On a radix conversion
                                  process  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--95
                   G. A. Fisher   Correspondence: On ``Editorial: the
                                  silent business user'' . . . . . . . . . 95--96
               H. N. Coates and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: The silent business user 96--96

The Computer Journal
Volume 17, Number 2, May, 1974

              R. G. Parsons and   
                 A. G. Dale and   
                 C. V. Yurkanan   Data Manipulation Language Requirements
                                  for Data Base Management Systems . . . . 99--103
              A. Y. C. Chau and   
               B. W. Davies and   
                    B. Zacharov   Island --- an Interactive Graphics
                                  System for Mathematical Analysis . . . . 104--112
              L. E. Heindel and   
                  J. T. Roberto   ARPL --- A Retrieval Process Language    113--116
              R. M. Needham and   
                   M. V. Wilkes   Domains of Protection and the Management
                                  of Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--120
                 L. Presser and   
                      J. Benson   Evaluation of Compiler Diagnostics . . . 121--123
                   G. M. Stacey   A Fortran Interface to the CODASYL
                                  Database Task Group Specifications . . . 124--129
                   M. Wells and   
                      A. Denson   Direct Execution of Programming
                                  Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--134
                   O. Amble and   
                    D. E. Knuth   Ordered Hash Tables  . . . . . . . . . . 135--142
                   J. S. Fenton   Memoryless Subsystems  . . . . . . . . . 143--147
                   A. M. Lister   Validation of Systems of Parallel
                                  Processes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--151
                W. F. Smyth and   
                   E. Radaceanu   A storage scheme for hierarchic
                                  structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152--156
                     R. G. Ward   A variable delay method for improving
                                  recognition of parallel processable code
                                  in computer programs . . . . . . . . . . 157--164
             D. M. Brandon, Jr.   The implementation and use of sparse
                                  matrix techniques in general simulation
                                  programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165--171
                    M. J. Cross   Nimbus 4 SCR Data Handling . . . . . . . 172--180
                  J. R. Manning   Continuity Conditions for Spline Curves  181--186
                    Cliff Lloyd   Book review: \em Structured programming,
                                  by O.-J. Dahl, E. W. Dijkstra and C. A.
                                  R. Hoare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186--186
                 H. A. Marriott   Correspondence: On the spelling of
                                  ALGORITHM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--187
                L. G. Proll and   
                    F. P. Wyman   Correspondence: Observations on a
                                  decision rule for binary programming . . 187--188
                K. J. MacCallum   Correspondence: On mixing interpretive
                                  and machine code . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--188
                    R. W. Bemer   Correspondence: On mixing interpretive
                                  and machine code . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--189
                     K. Freeman   Correspondence: On ``Himmelbett''  . . . 189--189
              A. G. Bromley and   
             Z. G. Vranesic and   
                 V. C. Hamacher   Correspondence: Ternary logic in
                                  parallel multipliers . . . . . . . . . . 189--190
                   Joy Strawson   Correspondence: On ``Himmelbett''  . . . 190--190
                  B. W. Dawkins   Correspondence: The Computer Journal . . 190--190
                   D. L. Fisher   Correspondence: On ``The project, and
                                  the future of Computing Science
                                  courses''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--190
             P. J. Hathaway and   
                   D. Van Vliet   Correspondence: An efficient method for
                                  reading and writing subscripted arrays
                                  using FORTRAN IV . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--191
                 R. Needham and   
                 F. F. Land and   
                       M. Wells   Book reviews: \em Computer Data
                                  Security, by H. Katzan, Jr., 1974; \em
                                  Information Systems in Management, by R.
                                  J. Radford, 1973; \em Data Transmission,
                                  by M. D. Bacon and G. M. Bull, 1973  . . 191--191
                  J. Inglis and   
                S. H. Lavington   Book reviews: \em The Analysis of
                                  Information Systems, by C. T. Meadow,
                                  1973; \em Introduction to Digital
                                  Computer Design, by D. J. Wooloms, 1973  192--192
                      Anonymous   Special summer programme at
                                  Massachusetts Institute of Technology    192--192

The Computer Journal
Volume 17, Number 3, August, 1974

                   B. Wagle and   
                  P. M. Jenkins   Corporate Planning, Models and Computer
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194--200
                 D. A. H. Brown   Biquinary Decimal Error Detection Codes
                                  with One, Two and Three Check Digits . . 201--204
                 P. A. Dearnley   The Operation of a Model Self Organising
                                  Data Management System . . . . . . . . . 205--210
                   S. J. Waters   Computer-Aided Methodology of Computer
                                  Systems Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211--215
                 P. D. Stephens   The IMP language and compiler  . . . . . 216--223
               J. K. Mullin and   
                   G. F. Stuart   Optimum Blocking Factors for a Mix of
                                  Sequentially Processed Jobs  . . . . . . 224--228
            R. A. d'Inverno and   
            R. A. Russell-Clark   CLAM --- its Function, Structure and
                                  Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--233
                     R. Haskell   Symmetrical Precedence Relations on
                                  General Phrase Structure Grammars  . . . 234--241
                       T. Komor   A note on left factored languages  . . . 242--244
                  S. Dvorak and   
                      B. Kropac   Decomposition of the Gozinto's Graph
                                  with the Use of a Nesting Store  . . . . 245--248
              D. M. Jackson and   
                    W. W. Wadge   Normal Form Reduction of Probabilistic
                                  Computations in Non-Parametric
                                  Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249--252
                  Jean V. Scott   Computer Design of Cascade Logic . . . . 253--260
            Dana H. Ballard and   
              C. O. Jelinek and   
                 R. Schinzinger   An algorithm for the solution of
                                  constrained generalised polynomial
                                  programming problems . . . . . . . . . . 261--266
               H. M. Khalil and   
                    D. L. Ulery   LINEAL: A system for numerical linear
                                  algebra  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267--274
                  J. L. Hay and   
              R. E. Crosbie and   
                  R. I. Chaplin   Integration Routines for Systems with
                                  Discontinuities  . . . . . . . . . . . . 275--278
                   H. N. Coates   Management in the computer business  . . 279--282
                   D. W. Barron   Job Control Languages and Job Control
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282--286

The Computer Journal
Volume 17, Number 4, November, 1974

                    D. W. Honey   The `Queensway' Mersey tunnel entrance
                                  control project  . . . . . . . . . . . . 290--294
                B. E. Jones and   
                     M. A. Ould   The patient medical record as a database 295--301
                  F. E. Randall   Interrogating Date-Sensitive Files . . . 302--305
              T. L. Shaftel and   
                     R. W. Zmud   Allocation of Computer Resources Through
                                  Flexible Pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . 306--312
                   R. H. Pierce   Source Language Debugging on a Small
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313--317
                   D. H. McLain   Drawing Contours from Arbitrary Data
                                  Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318--324
                S. H. Valentine   Comparative notes on ALGOL 68 and PL/I   325--331
                     N. Marovac   A method for defining general networks
                                  for CAD, using interactive computer
                                  graphics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332--336
                        R. Bird   Speeding up Programs . . . . . . . . . . 337--339
                       A. Ecker   The period of search for the quadratic
                                  and related hash methods . . . . . . . . 340--343
               G. Rozenberg and   
                        D. Wood   Generative Models for Parallel Processes 344--348
             Kenneth B. Salomon   An efficient algorithm which determines
                                  the output from a sequential machine for
                                  regular inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349--354
                   W. E. Wright   An axiomatic specification of Euclidean
                                  analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355--364
                   M. Boari and   
             P. Pellizzardi and   
                       R. Rossi   Performance Evaluation of a Process
                                  Control System by Simulation Model . . . 365--370
                      F. Durbin   Numerical Inversion of Laplace
                                  Transforms: an Efficient Improvement to
                                  Dubner and Abate's Method  . . . . . . . 371--376
               R. A. Zambardino   Algorithm 82: Solutions of systems of
                                  linear equations with partial pivoting
                                  and reduced storage requirements . . . . 377--378
                L. R. Piper and   
             I. R. Franklin and   
                 N. H. Westwood   Algorithm 83: A rejection procedure for
                                  sampling from the distribution of
                                  chi-squared ($\chi^2$) or the sampling
                                  variance ($s^2$) . . . . . . . . . . . . 378--378
                  T. Andres and   
              W. D. Hoskins and   
                 G. E. McMaster   Algorithm 84: A coupled algorithm for
                                  the solution of certain tridiagonal
                                  systems of linear equations  . . . . . . 378--379
                 J. K. S. Dewar   Note on Algorithm 71: Procedures for
                                  interval arithmetic  . . . . . . . . . . 379--380
                 I. D. Hill and   
            R. W. M. Wedderburn   Note on Algorithm 78: Counting
                                  preferential votes in multi-member
                                  constituencies using absolute majority
                                  criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380--380
                   Frank Parker   Note on Algorithm 78: Counting
                                  preferential votes in multi-member
                                  constituencies using absolute majority
                                  criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380--380
             C. Whitby-Strevens   Correspondence: Microprogramming and
                                  systems architecture . . . . . . . . . . 381--381
               H. H. W. Pitcher   Correspondence: Definition of random . . 381--381
                   J. Boothroyd   Erratum: ``On a radix conversion
                                  process''  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381--381
                  J. D. Beasley   Correspondence: System 4 random number   381--381
              B. Hamilton Kelly   Correspondence: On radix conversion  . . 382--382
                   A. M. Andrew   Correspondence: Decimal number checking
                                  schemes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382--383
                     D. A. Bell   Correspondence: Computing Science  . . . 383--383
                       J. Leech   Correspondence: On the spelling of
                                  ALGORITHM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383--383


The Computer Journal
Volume 18, Number 1, February, 1975

                   J. E. Jarvis   The many faces of Multics  . . . . . . . 2--6
                 K. A. Robinson   Database --- the Ideas Behind the Ideas  7--11
                   S. J. Waters   Estimating Magnetic Disc Seeks . . . . . 12--17
                    C. E. Goble   A free-text retrieval system using hash
                                  codes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18--20
                     C. T. Fike   A permutation generation method  . . . . 21--22
                     R. Haskell   Efficient Implementation of a Class of
                                  Recursively Defined Functions  . . . . . 23--29
             A. F. Cardenas and   
                   R. W. Seeley   A simple data structure for interactive
                                  graphic design/drafting  . . . . . . . . 30--33
                J. R. White and   
                     L. Presser   A structured language for translator
                                  construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34--42
                   D. Partridge   A dynamic database which automatically
                                  removes unwanted generalisation for the
                                  efficient analysis of language features
                                  that exhibit a disparate frequency
                                  distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--48
               J. R. Slagle and   
                   L. M. Norton   Automated Theorem-Proving for the
                                  Theories of Partial and Total Ordering   49--54
            G. A. Lanzarone and   
                     M. Ornaghi   Program Construction by Refinements
                                  Preserving Correctness . . . . . . . . . 55--62
               F. G. Duncan and   
                  D. Zissos and   
                  Maureen Walls   A postfix notation for logic circuits    63--69
                    D. J. Evans   A recursive algorithm for determining
                                  the eigenvalues of a quindiagonal matrix 70--73
                     J. C. Nash   A One-sided Transformation Method for
                                  the Singular Value Decomposition and
                                  Algebraic Eigenproblem . . . . . . . . . 74--76
              F. Oliveira-Pinto   The use of derivatives in the
                                  optimisation of the truncation error of
                                  polynomial approximations  . . . . . . . 77--80
            R. Hughes Jones and   
        P. R. Graves-Morris and   
                 G. J. Makinson   Algorithm 85: Generation of Chisholm
                                  approximants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--83
                   J. Rokne and   
                   P. Lancaster   Algorithm 86: Complex Interval
                                  Arithmetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--85
                   R. Fleck and   
                      J. Bailey   Algorithm 87: Minimum of a non-linear
                                  function by the application of the
                                  geometric programming technique  . . . . 86--89
                     I. D. Hill   Algorithm 88: An electoral method  . . . 89--90

The Computer Journal
Volume 18, Number 2, May, 1975

                 A. D. Chambers   Audit Test Packs and Computer Audit
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--101
                   W. N. Holmes   Identification Number Design . . . . . . 102--107
              K. W. Smillie and   
                 M. J. R. Shave   Converting Decision Tables to Computer
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--111
                     R. W. Zmud   Two Enhancements to a Flexible Pricing
                                  Control System for Allocating Computer
                                  Resources  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--114
           Robert A. Fleck, Jr.   Computer Efficiency and Linear
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--116
                C. C. M. Parish   On the Application of Queueing Theory to
                                  Analysing On-Line Computing Systems  . . 117--121
                     D. J. Rees   The EMAS director  . . . . . . . . . . . 122--130
                    A. S. Wight   The EMAS archiving program . . . . . . . 131--134
            J. J. Florentin and   
                   A. J. Sammes   Systems with State Re-Set  . . . . . . . 135--139
                  A. L. Lim and   
                    G. R. Lewis   Towards Structured Programs in APL . . . 140--143
                P. J. Comerford   Link systems for multi-computer control
                                  of a large process. I  . . . . . . . . . 144--147
                  N. Zvegintzov   Problems with Analytic Description of
                                  Text Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--149
               R. J. W. Housden   On String Concepts and Their
                                  Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150--156
                   A. Mayne and   
                    E. B. James   Information Compression by Factorising
                                  Common Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--160
                 W. A. Burkhard   Full Table Quadratic Quotient Searching  161--163
                    F. J. Rohlf   A new approach to the computation of the
                                  Jardine-Sibson ${B_k}$ clusters  . . . . 164--168
                      B. Cooper   Time-Domain Matrix Evaluation of a
                                  Digital Servomechanism Using Semi-Hybrid
                                  Computational Techniques . . . . . . . . 169--172
            Ayse Alaylioglu and   
                G. A. Evans and   
                      J. Hyslop   Automatic Generation of Quadrature
                                  Formulae for Oscillatory Integrals . . . 173--176
            T. J. Buckholtz and   
                C. S. Wetherell   Algorithm 89: A program to referee
                                  Kriegspiel and chess . . . . . . . . . . 177--183
                     W. S. Ford   Algorithm 90: Periodic cubic spline
                                  interpolation with equidistant nodes . . 183--184

The Computer Journal
Volume 18, Number 3, August, 1975

                    K. J. Allen   Insuring Computers . . . . . . . . . . . 194--197
                      A. Parkin   Bringing Cost into File Design Decisions 198--199
                   S. J. Waters   Analysis of Self-Indexing, Disc Files    200--205
               D. A. Hawley and   
              J. S. Knowles and   
                    E. E. Tozer   Database Consistency and the CODASYL
                                  DBTG Proposals . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206--212
              G. E. Millard and   
                 D. J. Rees and   
                   H. Whitfield   The standard EMAS subsystem  . . . . . . 213--219
                P. J. Comerford   Link systems for multi-computer control
                                  of a large process: Part 2: Fault
                                  detection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--222
                  H. D. Baecker   Areas and Record-Classes . . . . . . . . 223--226
                 W. A. Burkhard   Nonrecursive Traversals of Trees . . . . 227--230
                      G. Hunter   A quantitative measure of precision  . . 231--233
           D. Ghoshdastidar and   
                      M. K. Roy   A study on the evaluation of Shell's
                                  sorting technique  . . . . . . . . . . . 234--235
              D. M. Boulton and   
                  C. S. Wallace   An Information Measure for Single Link
                                  Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236--238
                  G. C. E. Winn   A digital approach to the efficient
                                  synthesis of threshold gates . . . . . . 239--242
                   L. F. Turner   The on-ground compression of satellite
                                  data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243--247
               R. H. Bezdek and   
                    A. H. Sameh   A note on computational methods for
                                  input-output econometric models  . . . . 248--249
                  T. Tabata and   
                         R. Ito   Effective Treatment of the Interpolation
                                  Factor in Marquardt's Nonlinear
                                  Least-Squares Fit Algorithm  . . . . . . 250--251
                  E. H. Twizell   The numerical solution of second order
                                  hyperbolic partial differential
                                  equations with unequally spaced initial
                                  conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252--257
                J. A. Grant and   
                 G. D. Hitchins   Two Algorithms for the Solution of
                                  Polynomial Equations to Limiting Machine
                                  Precision  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258--264
                  Gary D. Knott   Hashing Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 265--278
                    H. C. Lauer   Discussion on Ph.D. thesis proposals in
                                  computing science  . . . . . . . . . . . 279--281
                   M. A. Sandys   Correspondence: On ``Continuity
                                  Conditions for Spline Curves'' . . . . . 282--283
                   D. F. Arthur   Correspondence: Reading variable length
                                  records using FORTRAN IV . . . . . . . . 283--283
                   K. M. Howell   Correspondence: Check digits and error
                                  correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--284
               B. M. Ewen-Smith   Correspondence: Check digits and error
                                  correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284--284
                   A. M. Andrew   Correspondence: Decimal error-correction
                                  --- a solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284--285
           J. P. N. Edwards and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: Saving CPU time in
                                  Scientific computation . . . . . . . . . 285--285
                  D. B. Crombie   Correspondence: Comparison of hybrid and
                                  digital computation performances for
                                  distillation simulation  . . . . . . . . 285--285
                   John Bradley   Correspondence: On ``An algorithm for
                                  the solution of constrained generalised
                                  polynomial programming problems''  . . . 285--286
                 Roy S. Mullins   Correspondence: On the origin of the
                                  word `algorithm' . . . . . . . . . . . . 286--286
                  John V. Kline   Correspondence: On ETAOIN SHRDLU . . . . 286--286
                      Anonymous   Special notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287--287
                     R. W. Zmud   Erratum: ``Two Enhancements to a
                                  Flexible Pricing Control System for
                                  Allocating Computer Resources''  . . . . 287--287
                      Anonymous   Call for papers: 3rd International
                                  Conference on Automata, Languages and
                                  Programming, Edinburgh University,
                                  Scotland, July 20--23, 1976  . . . . . . 287--287

The Computer Journal
Volume 18, Number 4, November, 1975

               R. A. Osborn and   
                 W. P. Bain and   
                   T. Lloyd and   
                  P. H. Perring   SPG --- a Programming System for
                                  Commercial Transaction Processing  . . . 290--297
              P. J. H. King and   
                  R. G. Johnson   The conversion of decision tables to
                                  sequential testing procedures  . . . . . 298--306
                      A. Parkin   Programming Objectives: an Analysis  . . 307--311
                  Gill Ringland   Software Functional Variability  . . . . 312--317
                 R. A. Earnshaw   Is APL a Viable Programming Language?    318--323
                    R. J. Dakin   A general control language: language
                                  structure and translation  . . . . . . . 324--332
             M. H. Williams and   
                   H. L. Ossher   A computer model for instructional
                                  purposes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333--341
       Alice Chung-Phillips and   
                    R. W. Rosen   A note on dynamic data storage in
                                  FORTRAN IV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342--343
                 F. J. B. Goddu   The application of precedence operations
                                  to interactive Canadian income tax
                                  calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344--348
                  D. T. Goodwin   An algorithm for inverting certain
                                  translators of context-free languages    349--354
                   P. G. Barker   Syntactic definition and parsing of
                                  molecular formulae. I. Initial syntax
                                  definition and parser implementation . . 355--359
                K. Berkling and   
                       W. Kluge   Conceptual Design of a Hardwired Main
                                  Storage Management Unit  . . . . . . . . 360--365
                   W. F. Lunnon   Counting Multidimensional Polyominoes    366--367
                         K. Vit   Rational Interpolation and Extrapolation
                                  for SUMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--370
                     J. R. Cash   The numerical solution of linear stiff
                                  boundary value problems  . . . . . . . . 371--372
           G. E. Trapp, Jr. and   
                      W. Squire   Solving Nonlinear Vandermonde Systems    373--374
              S. K. Shrivastava   A view of concurrent process
                                  synchronisation  . . . . . . . . . . . . 375--379


The Computer Journal
Volume 19, Number 1, February, 1976

                      Anonymous   Editorial: A personal view of the
                                  `Beaumont' weekend . . . . . . . . . . . 2--2
                    K. D. Eason   Understanding the Naive Computer User    3--7
                 P. J. Pengilly   An approach to systems design  . . . . . 8--12
                J. J. Florentin   Data Base Representations of Application
                                  Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13--16
                  G. Schlageter   The problem of lock by value in large
                                  data bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--20
                   S. J. Waters   Hit Ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--24
            R. B. E. Napper and   
                   R. N. Fisher   ALEC --- a User Extensible Scientific
                                  Programming Language . . . . . . . . . . 25--31
                 L. V. Atkinson   List Processing Language, SLPL --- an
                                  Informal Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--39
               R. L. Hittos and   
                D. S. Henderson   Optimisation of Main Memory Size Versus
                                  Speed  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40--42
               H. J. Curnow and   
                 B. A. Wichmann   A synthetic benchmark  . . . . . . . . . 43--49
                  R. E. Walters   Benchmark Techniques: a Constructive
                                  Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50--55
             S. K. Robinson and   
                   I. S. Torsun   An empirical analysis of FORTRAN
                                  programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--62
                   A. C. Norman   Expanding the Solutions of Implicit Sets
                                  of Ordinary Differential Equations in
                                  Power Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63--68
                W. H. Southwell   Fitting Data to Nonlinear Functions with
                                  Uncertainties in All Measurement
                                  Variables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69--73
            Karl-Heinz Mohn and   
                 Roger V. Roman   An interactive polynomial approximation
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74--78
              W. E. McBride and   
                   A. K. Rigler   A modification of the Osborne and Watson
                                  algorithm for nonlinear minimax
                                  approximation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--81
                 M. R. Williams   The difference engines . . . . . . . . . 82--89
                  Donald Perlis   An application of compiler simulation at
                                  the source language level  . . . . . . . 90--90
                   T. S. Ng and   
                     A. Cantoni   Run Time Interaction with Fortran Using
                                  Mixed Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--92
                   W. B. Samson   Testing Overflow Algorithms for a Table
                                  of Variable Size . . . . . . . . . . . . 92--92

The Computer Journal
Volume 19, Number 2, May, 1976

                 J. M. Kerridge   PATCOSY --- a Database System for the
                                  National Health Service  . . . . . . . . 98--103
                E. C. Coles and   
               L. J. Beilin and   
              C. J. Bulpitt and   
              C. T. Dollery and   
              B. F. Johnson and   
          A. D. Munro-Faure and   
                   S. C. Turner   An approach to computer processing of
                                  clinical data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104--109
                R. A. Davenport   Database Integrity . . . . . . . . . . . 110--116
                 P. A. Dearnley   An investigation into database
                                  resilience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--121
                   S. J. Waters   CAM 01: a Precedence Analyser  . . . . . 122--126
                    Y. L. Varol   Some Remarks on Computer Acquisition . . 127--131
                    O. Marjasoo   A methodology for hardware and software
                                  availability analysis  . . . . . . . . . 132--135
           H. C. Lucas, Jr. and   
                   R. B. Kaplan   A structured programming experiment  . . 136--138
                    G. R. Frank   Job Control in the MU5 Operating System  139--143
                      J. Hilden   Guidelines for the Design of Interactive
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144--150
                 Frank G. Pagan   On Interpreter-Oriented Definitions of
                                  Programming Languages  . . . . . . . . . 151--155
                     J. S. Rohl   Programming Improvements to Fike's
                                  Algorithm for Generating Permutations    156--159
             L. V. Atkinson and   
                   G. J. Duffus   Machine Code Generation Within a
                                  Compiler --- a Teaching Model  . . . . . 160--165
                   C. J. Higley   Type Checking in a Typeless Language . . 166--169
                A. G. Middleton   On the Use of Macros for Iteration . . . 170--172
                   A. T. Fuller   The period of pseudo-random numbers
                                  generated by Lehmer's congruential
                                  method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--177
                   D. H. McLain   Two-Dimensional Interpolation from
                                  Random Data  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178--181
                   John Mitchem   On Various Algorithms for Estimating the
                                  Chromatic Number of a Graph  . . . . . . 182--183
                D. J. Evans and   
                 M. Hatzopoulos   The solution of certain banded systems
                                  of linear equations using the folding
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184--187
                      J. Inglis   Structured programming and input
                                  statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--189
                   D. L. Fisher   Blind programmers --- their manager's
                                  experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189--190

The Computer Journal
Volume 19, Number 3, August, 1976

           B. F. M. Adamczewski   A formula for establishing re-order
                                  quantities for individual items within a
                                  joint stock replenishment scheme . . . . 194--197
                 T. Alewine and   
               R. A. Fleck, Jr.   Service bureau or in-house data
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198--201
                        D. Bell   Programmer Selection and Programming
                                  Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202--206
                E. B. James and   
                D. P. Partridge   Tolerance to Inaccuracy in Computer
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207--212
                   R. C. Varney   Toward the Understandability of an
                                  Operating System . . . . . . . . . . . . 213--215
                D. L. Dance and   
                    U. W. Pooch   An adaptive on line data compression
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216--224
                      B. Higman   The place of own variables in
                                  programming language theory  . . . . . . 225--228
            D. S. Henderson and   
                     M. R. Levy   An extended operator precedence parsing
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229--233
                    J. M. Brady   A programming approach to some concepts
                                  and results in the theory of computation 234--237
               R. Devillers and   
                    G. Louchard   Improvement of parallelism in a finite
                                  buffer sharing policy  . . . . . . . . . 238--245
                D. C. Sutcliffe   An Algorithm for Drawing the Curve
                                  ${F(X,Y)} = 0$ . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246--249
                  R. P. Loretan   Timing Problems in Electronic Lockout
                                  Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--253
                M. R. Patel and   
                  K. H. Bennett   Analysis of Speed of a Binary Multiplier
                                  Using a Variable Number of Shifts Per
                                  Cycle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--257
              A. Alaylioglu and   
                G. A. Evans and   
                      J. Hyslop   The use of Chebyshev series for the
                                  evaluation of oscillatory integrals  . . 258--267
                  A. C. Day and   
               P. A. Clarke and   
                    D. Hill and   
                     J. K. Reid   The proposed new standard for FORTRAN: a
                                  critical examination . . . . . . . . . . 268--271
                  M. T. Pezarro   A note on estimating hit ratios for
                                  direct-access storage devices  . . . . . 271--272
               R. T. C. Lim and   
                J. D. Blackburn   On program verification in numerical
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272--273
                      R. Taylor   Fast input/output of variable-length
                                  arrays in FORTRAN IV . . . . . . . . . . 273--273
                   D. J. Hatter   On processing sparse matrices  . . . . . 273--274
             R. D. Henshell and   
                    H. C. Lauer   Ph.D. work in Computer Science and
                                  Professional Standards . . . . . . . . . 274--275
                   M. Boari and   
                        G. Neri   A note on deadlock in the `readers and
                                  writers' problem . . . . . . . . . . . . 275--275
            R. M. De Morgan and   
                 I. D. Hill and   
                 B. A. Wichmann   A supplement to the ALGOL 60 revised
                                  report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276--288

The Computer Journal
Volume 19, Number 4, November, 1976

                     F. F. Land   Evaluation of systems goals in
                                  determining a design strategy for a
                                  computer based information system  . . . 290--294
                  J. M. Triance   The significance of the 1974 COBOL
                                  standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295--300
                 V. Siskind and   
                   J. Rosenhead   Seek Times for Disc File Processing:
                                  Some Results from Probability Theory . . 301--305
                R. G. Casey and   
                    I. M. Osman   Replacement Algorithms for Storage
                                  Management in Relational Data Bases  . . 306--314
                  J. Ferrie and   
                  C. Kaiser and   
                D. Lanciaux and   
                      B. Martin   An extensible structure for protected
                                  systems' design  . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--321
                  A. Walker and   
                        D. Wood   Locally Balanced Binary Trees  . . . . . 322--325
                        C. Bays   Non-Recursive Technique for Recreating a
                                  Digraph from its ${K}$-Formula
                                  Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326--328
                  T. Sakaki and   
               K. Nakashima and   
                     Y. Hattori   Algorithms for Finding in the Lump Both
                                  Bounds of the Chromatic Number of a
                                  Graph  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329--332
                D. C. Sutcliffe   A Remark on a Contouring Algorithm . . . 333--335
                    M. A. Sabin   A method for displaying the intersection
                                  curve of two quadric surfaces  . . . . . 336--338
                     R. J. Aust   An improvement algorithm for school
                                  timetabling  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339--343
                  I. M. Willers   The syntax directed graph algorithm for
                                  the input of equations to the Taylor
                                  series system for solving ordinary
                                  differential equations . . . . . . . . . 344--347
                  P. J. Hartley   Tensor Product Approximations to Data
                                  Defined on Rectangular Meshes in
                                  ${N}$-Space  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348--352
                 M. Shacham and   
                       E. Kehat   A direct method for the solution of
                                  large sparse systems of linear equations 353--359
                      A. C. Day   Algorithm 91: Balancing a binary tree    360--361
                       G. Berry   Algorithm 92: The Drawing of Dashed
                                  Lines  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361--363
               J. W. Backus and   
                F. L. Bauer and   
                   J. Green and   
                    C. Katz and   
                J. McCarthy and   
                    P. Naur and   
               A. J. Perlis and   
             H. Rutishauser and   
                K. Samelson and   
                B. Vauquois and   
             J. H. Wegstein and   
         A. van Wijngaarden and   
                 M. Woodger and   
            R. M. De Morgan and   
                 I. D. Hill and   
                 B. A. Wichmann   Modified Report on the Algorithmic
                                  Language ALGOL-60  . . . . . . . . . . . 364--379


The Computer Journal
Volume 20, Number 1, February, 1977

                   S. J. Waters   CAM02: a structured precedence analyser  2--5
              B. M. Leavenworth   Non-Procedural Data Processing . . . . . 6--9
                  B. J. Edwards   Choice of Block Sizes for Magnetic Tape
                                  Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--14
        Alfonso F. Cardenas and   
              James P. Sagamang   Doubly-Chained Tree Data Base
                                  Organisation --- Analysis and Design
                                  Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--26
                  K. Forbes and   
              A. W. Goldsworthy   Prescheduling Algorithm --- Scheduling a
                                  Suitable Mix Prior to Processing . . . . 27--29
                       D. Nudds   The design of the MAX macroprocessor . . 30--36
                       C. Piney   A generalised interactive system for the
                                  acquisition of structured data . . . . . 37--44
                 M. H. Williams   Generating Structured Flow Diagrams: the
                                  Nature of Unstructuredness . . . . . . . 45--50
            B. G. T. Lowden and   
                I. R. MacCallum   Some Consequences of Deferred Binding in
                                  COBOL  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--55
                  D. T. Goodwin   Conditions for Underflow and Overflow of
                                  an Arithmetic Stack  . . . . . . . . . . 56--62
                        D. Wood   Two Variations on ${N}$-Parallel Finite
                                  State Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . 63--67
              M. J. B. Duff and   
                   D. M. Watson   The cellular logic array image processor 68--72
                  A. Tosser and   
                       D. Dubus   Algebraic Optimisation of NAND-NOR
                                  Switching Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . 73--77
           A. M. Macnaghten and   
                 C. A. R. Hoare   Fast Fourier Transform Free from Tears   78--83
                    J. W. Akitt   Function Minimisation Using the Nelder
                                  and Mead Simplex Method with Limited
                                  Arithmetic Precision: the Self
                                  Regenerative Simplex . . . . . . . . . . 84--85
                   E. Zakrajsek   Algorithm 93: Generalised eigenvalue
                                  problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86--91
                B. G. T. Lowden   A note on the oscillating sort . . . . . 92--92

The Computer Journal
Volume 20, Number 2, May, 1977

                      A. Parkin   The probable outcomes of a data
                                  processing project . . . . . . . . . . . 98--101
                  R. K. Stamper   The LEGOL 1 Prototype System and
                                  Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102--108
               R. H. Pierce and   
                      J. Rowell   A transformation-directed compiling
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109--115
                 K. J. McDonell   An inverted index implementation . . . . 116--123
              H. R. A. Townsend   SST --- a program for the automatic
                                  generation of symbol state tables  . . . 124--127
                    P. Kammerer   Excluding Regions  . . . . . . . . . . . 128--131
                     Y. Wallach   Scheduling algorithms for concurrent
                                  execution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132--136
                  E. G. Mallach   Scatter Storage Techniques: A Uniform
                                  Viewpoint and a Method for Reducing
                                  Retrieval Times  . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--140
                  J. R. Ullmann   A binary $n$-gram technique for
                                  automatic correction of substitution,
                                  deletion, insertion and reversal errors
                                  in words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141--147
            D. de Champeaux and   
                        L. Sint   An optimality theorem for a
                                  bi-directional heuristic search
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--150
          Jerald Sydney Schwarz   Generic Commands --- A Tool for Partial
                                  Correctness Formalisms . . . . . . . . . 151--155
                 W. S. Ford and   
                 V. C. Hamacher   Low level architecture features for
                                  supporting process communication . . . . 156--162
                A. Kaletzky and   
                    D. W. Lewin   Problem orientated language for logic
                                  design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163--169
               J. N. Lyness and   
                 J. J. Kaganove   A technique for comparing automatic
                                  quadrature routines  . . . . . . . . . . 170--177
                    Y. L. Varol   On the generation of the
                                  pseudo-remainder in polynomial division  178--180
                    D. J. Evans   On the use of fast methods for solving
                                  boundary value problems  . . . . . . . . 181--184
                   R. J. Clasen   A note on the use of the conjugate
                                  gradient method in the solution of a
                                  large system of sparse equations . . . . 185--186
                      N. Teskey   KATE: a macro-processor for extending
                                  command languages  . . . . . . . . . . . 187--189

The Computer Journal
Volume 20, Number 3, August, 1977

                     P. Stecher   Proposal for an Interface System Between
                                  the Business and Data Processing Systems 194--201
                   A. D. Wilkie   Table Look-Up (With Examples in COBOL)   202--206
                   S. J. Waters   Majority Verdicts in Multi-Processing
                                  --- any Two from Three . . . . . . . . . 207--212
            Deane B. Blazie and   
                     L. S. Levy   A cross compiler for pocket calculators  213--221
              W. D. Haseman and   
                 A. B. Whinston   Automatic Application Program Interface
                                  to a Data Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222--226
               R. N. Ibbett and   
                  M. A. Husband   The MU5 name store . . . . . . . . . . . 227--231
                   R. G. Hamlet   Testing Programs with Finite Sets of
                                  Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232--237
                A. G. Middleton   A case for type and form flow analysis   238--241
                   J. M. Robson   Worst Case Fragmentation of First Fit
                                  and Best Fit Storage Allocation
                                  Strategies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242--244
              O. Nevalainen and   
                  M. Vesterinen   Determining Blocking Factors for
                                  Sequential Files by Heuristic Methods    245--247
                 P. Scheuermann   Modelling the Information Space in
                                  Physical Storage At Different Levels of
                                  Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248--256
             P. W. Williams and   
                M. T. Khallaghi   Document Retrieval Using a Substring
                                  Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257--262
               A. D. McGettrick   Teaching mathematics by computer . . . . 263--268
            B. E. Carpenter and   
                    R. W. Doran   The other Turing machine . . . . . . . . 269--279
                     I. D. Hill   Algorithm 94: Handling dates on small
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280--280
                      A. C. Day   Algorithm 95: Generating a parity
                                  testing table  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280--280
                    P. J. Hayes   A note on the Towers of Hanoi problem    282--285

The Computer Journal
Volume 20, Number 4, November, 1977

          D. H. R. Huxtable and   
             J. M. M. Pinkerton   The hardware/software interface of the
                                  ICL 2900 range of computers  . . . . . . 290--295
                 P. J. Pengilly   An approach to systems design. II. The
                                  popularisation of PROPLAN  . . . . . . . 296--297
                 T. C. Ting and   
                     Y. W. Wang   Multiway Replacement Selection Sort with
                                  Dynamic Reservoir  . . . . . . . . . . . 298--301
              J. G. Kollias and   
              P. M. Stocker and   
                 P. A. Dearnley   Improving the Performance of an
                                  Intelligent Data Management System . . . 302--307
                  P. J. Clapson   Toward a Performance Science: a
                                  Comparative Analysis of Computing
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--315
                  S. Mamrak and   
                   J. M. Randal   An analysis of a software engineering
                                  failure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316--320
              B. M. Nicklas and   
                  G. Schlageter   Index structuring in inverted data bases
                                  by TRIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321--324
                 R. A. Reynolds   Character String Handling in Fortran . . 325--329
                   K. A. Steele   CPM Network Analysis with a Storage Tube
                                  Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--334
                   P. J. Willis   A Real Time Hidden Surface Technique . . 335--339
                 L. S. Levy and   
                    R. Melville   The algebraic anatomy of programs  . . . 340--345
                  A. D. Woodall   Generation of permutation sequences  . . 346--349
                       S. Soule   A note on the nonrecursive traversal of
                                  binary trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350--352
                    J. M. Brady   Hints on proofs by recursion induction   353--355
                   J. M. Wilson   Boolean simplification and integer
                                  inequalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356--358
                      R. Mojena   Hierarchical grouping methods and
                                  stopping rules: An evaluation  . . . . . 359--363
                      D. Defays   An efficient algorithm for a complete
                                  link method  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364--366
                    W. L. Price   A controlled random search procedure for
                                  global optimisation  . . . . . . . . . . 367--370
                   L. M. Delves   Algorithm 96: A linear equation solver
                                  for Galerkin and least squares methods   371--374
               L. M. Delves and   
               L. F. Abd. El Al   Algorithm 97: The fast Galerkin
                                  algorithm for the solution of linear
                                  Fredholm equations . . . . . . . . . . . 374--376
              W. D. Hoskins and   
                 G. E. McMaster   Algorithm 98: A note on the solution of
                                  certain tridiagonal systems of linear
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376--378
                D. J. Evans and   
                    S. A. Smith   Algorithm 99: On the construction of
                                  balanced binary trees for parallel
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378--379


The Computer Journal
Volume 21, Number 1, February, 1978

              N. E. Wiseman and   
          C. I. C. Campbell and   
                   J. Harradine   On Making Graphic Arts Quality Output by
                                  Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--6
                R. A. Davenport   Distributed or Centralised Data Base . . 7--14
                    P. Dearnley   Monitoring Database System Performance   15--19
                  J. J. Donovan   A note on performance of VM\slash 370 in
                                  the integration of models and data bases 20--24
                    I. A. Clark   Strema: Specifying Application Processes
                                  Using Streams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--30
                J. P. Fitch and   
                   A. C. Norman   A Note on Compacting Garbage Collection  31--34
                 W. R. Campbell   A compiler definition facility based on
                                  the syntactic macro  . . . . . . . . . . 35--41
                    J. G. Wolff   Recoding of Natural Language for Economy
                                  of Transmission or Storage . . . . . . . 42--44
                      R. M. Lea   Text Compression with an Associative
                                  Parallel Processor . . . . . . . . . . . 45--56
                 P. W. Williams   Criteria for Choosing Subsets to Obtain
                                  Maximum Relative Entropy . . . . . . . . 57--62
                 P. W. Williams   The relationship between entropy and
                                  file search times  . . . . . . . . . . . 63--65
          J. L. Szwarcfiter and   
                   L. B. Wilson   Some properties of ternary trees . . . . 66--72
                  C. R. Edwards   Some Improved Designs for the Digital
                                  Summation Threshold Logic (DSTL) Gate    73--78
                 J. M. Eves and   
                    S. L. Hurst   Improvements in Multioutput
                                  Threshold-Logic Gates  . . . . . . . . . 79--85
                   J. F. Barlow   An algorithm for the solution of the
                                  postman's problem  . . . . . . . . . . . 86--89
                      M. Gordon   An Interactive Graphical Minicomputer
                                  System for the Management and
                                  Exploration of Clinical Renal Data . . . 91--93

The Computer Journal
Volume 21, Number 2, May, 1978

           William L. Honig and   
              C. Robert Carlson   Toward an Understanding of (Actual) Data
                                  Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--104
                  N. Ahituv and   
                    I. Borovits   Analysis of the purchase option of
                                  computers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105--109
              R. H. Bonczek and   
            C. W. Holsapple and   
                 A. B. Whinston   Information Transferral Within a
                                  Distributed Data Base via a Generalised
                                  Mapping Language . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--116
                R. V. Evans and   
           G. S. Lockington and   
                     T. N. Reid   A compiler compiler and methodology for
                                  problem oriented language compiler
                                  implementors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117--121
                  A. Parkin and   
                    R. B. Coats   EDSIM-event based discrete simulation
                                  using general purpose languages such as
                                  FORTRAN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--127
                   W. N. Holmes   Is APL a programming language? . . . . . 128--131
                  J. G. Kollias   An estimate of seek time for batched
                                  searching of random or index sequential
                                  structured files . . . . . . . . . . . . 132--133
                   D. R. Hanson   Filters in SL5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134--143
         Gregor V. Bochmann and   
                        P. Ward   Compiler Writing System for Attribute
                                  Grammars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144--148
                  I. Bratko and   
                   D. Kopec and   
                      D. Michie   Pattern-based representation of chess
                                  end-game knowledge . . . . . . . . . . . 149--153
                 G. M. Bull and   
                  S. Gilbey and   
            Kathleen Levine and   
             A. G. Lippiatt and   
                C. H. C. Machin   Proteus --- a Microcoded Multiprocessor
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154--160
             M. H. Williams and   
                   H. L. Ossher   Conversion of Unstructured Flow Diagrams
                                  to Structured Form . . . . . . . . . . . 161--167
                P. J. Green and   
                      R. Sibson   Computing Dirichlet tessellations in the
                                  plane  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168--173
                D. A. Smith and   
                   P. S. Guipre   Modifications to the Forsythe-Moler
                                  algorithm for solving linear algebraic
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174--177
                   D. H. McLain   Algorithm 100: Vector Approximation to
                                  Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178--180
                   L. Hazlewood   Algorithm 101: An algorithm for cautious
                                  adaptive quadrature  . . . . . . . . . . 180--183
                    P. T. Barry   Discussion and Correspondence: the
                                  Regional Computing Organisation Network  184--187
                      A. Parkin   Critique on multi-criteria assessment
                                  applied to alternative data processing
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--190
               R. Haentjens and   
                  E. Van de Vel   Lexical analysis and the transportation
                                  of programs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--190
                   B. Dwyer and   
                      J. Inglis   Correspondence: On ``Structured
                                  programming and input statements'' . . . 190--191
                       P. Wodon   Correspondence: On ``A note on the
                                  Towers of Hanoi problem''  . . . . . . . 191--191

The Computer Journal
Volume 21, Number 3, August, 1978

                 A. D. Chambers   Computer fraud and abuse . . . . . . . . 194--198
                I. Borovits and   
                     S. Neumann   Internal Pricing for Computer Services   199--204
                    Eric Foxley   A hybrid computer performance modelling
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205--209
               W. B. Samson and   
                    R. H. Davis   Search Times Using Hash Tables for
                                  Records with Non-Unique Keys . . . . . . 210--214
                J. L. Armstrong   Programming a Parallel Computer for
                                  Robot Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215--218
                    W. L. Price   Simulation Studies of Data Communication
                                  Networks Operating in Datagram Mode  . . 219--223
               P. G. Barker and   
                    P. S. Jones   Syntactic definition and parsing of
                                  molecular formulae. Part 2: Graphical
                                  synthesis of molecular formulae for data
                                  base queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224--233
                 M. H. Williams   Static Semantic Features of Algol60 and
                                  Basic  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234--242
                      R. Sibson   Locally equiangular triangulations . . . 243--245
                M. R. Patel and   
                  K. H. Bennett   Analysis of Speed of a Binary Divider
                                  Using a Variable Number of Shifts Per
                                  Cycle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246--252
                A. van Oosterom   Triangulating the Human Torso  . . . . . 253--258
              H. R. A. Townsend   Analysing Electroencephalograms  . . . . 259--262
                   J. Mottl and   
                    L. Mottlova   Description of a program for solving
                                  problems of nonlinear programming  . . . 263--269
              D. J. McConalogue   Algorithm 102: Convolution integrals
                                  involving probability distribution
                                  functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--272
                     V. K. Garg   Algorithm 103: Computing the Bessel
                                  functions $Y_n(x+iy)$ and $K_n(x+iy)$    272--276
                      Anonymous   Editorial notes: Reprinting of
                                  Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276--276
                    A. Obru\vca   Algorithm 1: Mintree . . . . . . . . . . 276--276
        Anthony E. N. T. Pitman   Note on Algorithm 1: Mintree . . . . . . 276--276
              M. H. Rodgers and   
                 R. H. Thomason   Certification of Algorithm 1: Mintree    276--277
                 I. D. Hill and   
               Alex K. Obru\vca   Remarks on Algorithm 1: Mintree  . . . . 277--277
                   J. Boothroyd   Certification of Algorithm 1: Mintree    277--277
               Alex K. Obru\vca   Remark on Algorithm 1: Mintree . . . . . 277--277
                  J. M. Triance   A study of COBOL portability . . . . . . 278--281
            R. M. De Morgan and   
                 I. D. Hill and   
                 B. A. Wichmann   Modified ALGOL 60 and the step-until
                                  element  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282--282

The Computer Journal
Volume 21, Number 4, November, 1978

                        R. Maes   On the Representation of Program
                                  Structures by Decision Tables: a
                                  Critical Assessment  . . . . . . . . . . 290--295
                      M. K. Roy   Evaluation of Permutation Algorithms . . 296--301
                     J. S. Rohl   Generating Permutations by Choosing  . . 302--305
                      P. A. Lee   A reconsideration of the recovery block
                                  scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306--310
                 M. Osborne and   
                      F. Little   An implementation of structured
                                  programming in APL . . . . . . . . . . . 311--315
                A. S. Tanenbaum   A comparison of PASCAL and ALGOL 68  . . 316--323
                B. A. Lewis and   
                 J. S. Robinson   Triangulation of Planar Regions with
                                  Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324--332
                  M. A. Hennell   An experimental testbed for numerical
                                  software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333--336
                   W. M. Turski   A model of nonmorphological data
                                  collection based on sentential calculus  337--340
                 P. W. Williams   Balancing demand in a hierarchical
                                  structure  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341--346
              A. K. Burston and   
            D. J. Kinniment and   
                    Hilary Kahn   A design language for asynchronous logic 347--354
                J. C. Romao and   
               R. Vilela Mendes   Algorithms for Multidimensional
                                  Numerical Integration with Singularities 355--358
                   A. Swift and   
                G. R. Lindfield   Comparison of a Continuation Method with
                                  Brent's Method for the Numerical
                                  Solution of a Single Nonlinear Equation  359--362
                 J. R. Cash and   
                     C. B. Liem   On the computational aspects of
                                  semi-implicit Runge--Kutta methods . . . 363--365
                      B. S. Lee   Use of case studies in teaching data
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366--372
                     G. L. Farr   Algorithm 104: Generation of the
                                  alphabetically ordered sequences from a
                                  set of $N$ distinct objects  . . . . . . 373--373
           James J. Buckley and   
           Robert A. Fleck, Jr.   Algorithm 105: Determining the number of
                                  internal rates of return . . . . . . . . 373--377
                      A. C. Day   Algorithms supplement: Statement of
                                  policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377--377
             M. H. Williams and   
              E. V. C. Fielding   Discussion and correspondence: automatic
                                  generation of payroll programs . . . . . 378--380
                  L. J. Mazlack   Predicting student success in an
                                  introductory programming course  . . . . 380--381
                 S. J. Goldsack   Correspondence: Semantic definition of
                                  linear control algorithms  . . . . . . . 381--382
                Eric L. V. Hope   Correspondence: Structured programming
                                  input statements . . . . . . . . . . . . 382--382
                 R. Haskell and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: Dissemination of
                                  specialised information  . . . . . . . . 382--382
                Bruce L. Golden   Correspondence: On ``An algorithm for
                                  the solution of the postman's problem''  383--383
                   C. B. Dunham   Correspondence: Checking reproduction of
                                  published programs . . . . . . . . . . . 383--383
                  W. Little and   
                    D. A. Smith   Correspondence: On ``Modifications to
                                  the Forsythe-Moler algorithm for solving
                                  linear algebraic systems'' . . . . . . . 383--383
                     D. Hitchin   Correspondence: On ``Modifications to
                                  the Forsythe-Moler algorithm for solving
                                  linear algebraic systems'' . . . . . . . 384--384
                    J. M. Brady   Book review: \em Structural Pattern
                                  Recognition, by T. Pavlidis, 1977  . . . 384--384


The Computer Journal
Volume 22, Number 1, February, 1979

                      Anonymous   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--2
                   Lewis Corner   Book reviews: \em Model Building in
                                  Mathematical Programming, by H. P.
                                  Williams, 1978; \em Computer Simulation
                                  and Modeling: An Introduction, by R. S.
                                  Lehman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--2
                R. Burdekin and   
                   R. S. Scowen   Computers and the construction of
                                  economic models  . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--10
                      T. Briggs   A review of road traffic simulation
                                  methods using a general purpose digital
                                  computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11--16
             C. B. Spengler and   
                 J. B. Westwood   Assessing Data Retrieval Capabilities: a
                                  Case Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--21
                      Eva Huzan   Modelling of Indexed Sequential Files:
                                  Monitoring Disc Transfers  . . . . . . . 22--27
            J. F. A. Wiederhold   Tuning to Service Standards without
                                  Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28--36
               R. Chattergy and   
                    U. W. Pooch   A distributed function computer with
                                  dedicated processors . . . . . . . . . . 37--40
               Y. Kobayashi and   
                    T. L. Kunii   A simulation of a minicomputer
                                  controlled system and its use as a
                                  debugging tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--49
                    P. J. Brown   Software Methods for Virtual Storage of
                                  Executable Code  . . . . . . . . . . . . 50--52
              M. A. Hennell and   
                      D. Hedley   An experimental testbed for numerical
                                  software. II. ALGOL 68 . . . . . . . . . 53--56
                   J. C. Turner   The conditional distribution of waiting
                                  time given queue length in a computer
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--62
                    F. G. Pagan   Algol 68 as a Metalanguage for
                                  Denotational Semantics . . . . . . . . . 63--66
             P. W. Williams and   
                    D. Woodhead   Computer assisted analysis of cryptic
                                  crosswords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67--70
                 A. G. Bell and   
                      N. Jacobi   How to read, make and store chess moves  71--76
               G. Z. Ben-Yaacov   Interactive Computation and Data
                                  Management for Power System Studies  . . 76--79
                     G. W. Hill   Cyclic properties of pseudo-random
                                  sequences of Mersenne prime residues . . 80--85
                 M. C. Pike and   
                      J. Pixner   Algorithm 2: Fibonacci search  . . . . . 86--86
                   J. Boothroyd   Certification of Algorithm 2: Fibonacci
                                  search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86--86
                     I. D. Hill   Algorithm 3: Easter  . . . . . . . . . . 86--87
                   J. Boothroyd   Certification of Algorithm 3: Easter . . 87--87
                      J. Randle   Certification of Algorithm 3: Easter . . 87--87
                 I. D. Hill and   
                     M. C. Pike   Algorithm 4: TWOBYTWO  . . . . . . . . . 87--88
                     M. C. Pike   Algorithm 5: RANCOMB . . . . . . . . . . 88--88
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 6: PERM  . . . . . . . . . . . 88--89
                   J. Boothroyd   Algorithm 7: MINX  . . . . . . . . . . . 89--89
                   C. M. Reeves   Algorithm 8: SUD . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--89
                   C. M. Reeves   Algorithm 9: Boyserf . . . . . . . . . . 89--90
                 R. F. Shepherd   Algorithms supplement: Statement of
                                  policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90--90
                      Anonymous   Erratum: Algorithm 105 . . . . . . . . . 90--90
                     N. Marovac   Microcomputers in computer science
                                  programmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91--94

The Computer Journal
Volume 22, Number 2, May, 1979

                    Susan Jones   A network display program  . . . . . . . 98--104
            A. T. Arblaster and   
                 M. E. Sime and   
                 T. R. G. Green   Jumping to Some Purpose  . . . . . . . . 105--109
                F. Mavaddat and   
                     B. Parhami   A data structure for family relations    110--113
               J. R. Oliver and   
                   R. S. Newton   Practical Experience with Algol 68-Rt    114--118
               Sallie S. Nelson   CONSIM: a Study of Control Issues in
                                  Conversational Simulation  . . . . . . . 119--126
           Steven J. Harrington   A New Symbolic Integration System in
                                  REDUCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--131
           P. I. P. Boulton and   
                   J. R. Goguen   A machine description language . . . . . 132--135
                 G. A. Korn and   
               O. A. Palusinski   Application of a Digital Computer
                                  Simulation Language to Control Hybrid
                                  Computer Monte Carlo Studies . . . . . . 136--141
                A. Silberschatz   On the safety of the I/O primitive in
                                  Concurrent PASCAL  . . . . . . . . . . . 142--145
                J. L. Keedy and   
           K. Ramamohanarao and   
                   J. Rosenberg   On Implementing Semaphores with Sets . . 146--150
                     R. S. Bird   Recursion Elimination with Variable
                                  Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--154
              D. M. Nessett and   
                  O. W. Rechard   Allocation Algorithms for Dynamically
                                  Microprogrammable Multiprocessor Systems 155--163
                 M. H. Williams   Conditions for Extended Operator
                                  Precedence Parsing . . . . . . . . . . . 164--168
                  S. S. Yau and   
                     Y. S. Tang   Generation of Shortest Test Sequences
                                  for Detecting Individual Faults of
                                  Sequential Circuits  . . . . . . . . . . 169--172
                    S. L. Hurst   An engineering consideration of spectral
                                  transforms for ternary logic synthesis   173--183
                 J. R. Cash and   
                J. C. P. Miller   On an Iterative Approach to the
                                  Numerical Solution of Difference Schemes 184--187
                       A. Brown   Algorithm 106: An algorithm for updating
                                  an ordered list on a VDU . . . . . . . . 188--189

The Computer Journal
Volume 22, Number 3, August, 1979

                   S. J. Waters   Towards Comprehensive Specifications . . 195--199
                 P. A. Dearnley   Application Level Microcode to Speed
                                  Data Base Management . . . . . . . . . . 200--202
                   C. Lazos and   
                   J. R. Yandle   Improving CPU Utilisation in a
                                  Multiprogramming System  . . . . . . . . 203--205
               F. W. Burton and   
                     J. Kollias   Optimising Disc Head Movements in
                                  Secondary Key Retrievals . . . . . . . . 206--208
                  G. Haring and   
                   R. Posch and   
               C. Leonhardt and   
                        G. Gell   The use of a synthetic jobstream in
                                  performance evaluation . . . . . . . . . 209--219
              O. Nevalainen and   
                     J. Teuhola   Priority Queue Administration by Sublist
                                  Index  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--225
                 E. F. Elsworth   Compilation via an Intermediate Language 226--233
                M. Di Manzo and   
             A. L. Frisiani and   
                      G. Olimpo   Loop Optimisation for Parallel
                                  Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234--239
               Pierre Deransart   Proof by Semantic Attributes of a Lisp
                                  Compiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240--245
                M. Bozyigit and   
                       Y. Paker   A fixed routing problem in large and
                                  high connectivity networks . . . . . . . 246--250
                Z. M. Lotfi and   
                   A. J. Tosser   Minimising the NAND-NOR-XOR Network of
                                  Modulo 2 Sum of Boolean Products . . . . 251--255
                       J. Mottl   Description of a Program for Nonlinear
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256--261
                P. J. Green and   
                B. W. Silverman   Constructing the Convex Hull of a Set of
                                  Points in the Plane  . . . . . . . . . . 262--266
               R. H. Barlow and   
                    D. J. Evans   A parallel organisation of the bisection
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267--269
                 K. A. Robinson   An entity/event data modelling method    270--279
                        Various   Discussion on ``An entity/event data
                                  modelling method . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--281
                W. L. Price and   
                      M. Dowson   Algorithm 107: A weighted simplex
                                  procedure for the solution of
                                  simultaneous nonlinear equations . . . . 282--282
             Ole Òsterby   Algorithm 108: Efficient solution of
                                  tridiagonal linear systems . . . . . . . 283--285
                        P. Naur   Critique of the ISO data processing
                                  vocabulary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286--286
                    Jane Hayden   Correspondence: Nonmorphological data
                                  collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286--287
                   David Jacobs   Correspondence: Validating software  . . 287--287
               M. A. Sandys and   
                     Aleph Null   Correspondence: Point in polygon . . . . 287--288
               A. N. Walker and   
                     The Editor   Algorithms: On ``Algorithm 1: Mintree''  288--288

The Computer Journal
Volume 22, Number 4, November, 1979

              T. J. Howkins and   
                  M. T. Harandi   Towards More Portable Cobol  . . . . . . 290--295
                       L. Moore   Design for a Transportable Job
                                  Organisation Language  . . . . . . . . . 296--302
                   E. Gudes and   
                 H. S. Koch and   
                    F. A. Stahl   Security in a Multi-Level Structured
                                  Model of a Data Base . . . . . . . . . . 303--306
                      W. Burton   A FORTRAN preprocessor to support
                                  encapsulated data abstraction
                                  definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307--312
                 T. Leipala and   
                  O. Nevalainen   A plotter sequencing system  . . . . . . 313--316
             B. A. Wichmann and   
                     J. Du Croz   A program to calculate the GAMM measure  317--322
                   C. Lazos and   
                    A. Vafiadis   A Method to Estimate the I/O Buffer Size
                                  in a Computer System . . . . . . . . . . 323--327
           P. I. P. Boulton and   
               M. A. R. Kittler   Estimating Program Reliability . . . . . 328--331
              H. R. Simpson and   
                     K. Jackson   Process Synchronisation in MASCOT  . . . 332--345
                   C. M. Reeves   Free store distribution under random fit
                                  allocation. I  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346--351
                J. R. Haley and   
                 A. S. Noetzell   A study of processing repetition . . . . 352--356
                J. Loetzsch and   
                 M. Machura and   
                    W. Paetzold   Sample implementation of a special
                                  purpose language by the DEPOT system . . 357--362
              J. Jelínek   An Algebraic Theory for Parallel
                                  Processor Design . . . . . . . . . . . . 363--375
                M. J. C. Gordon   On the power of list iteration . . . . . 376--379
                      G. Duncan   Q charts --- a method of specification   380--381
                     K. M. Keir   Correspondence: Vector approximation to
                                  curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381--381
                     I. D. Hill   Algorithm 109: Golden section search . . 383--384


The Computer Journal
Volume 23, Number 1, February, 1980

                  P. Hammersley   Corporate systems analysis --- a
                                  personal editorial . . . . . . . . . . . 2--2
               H. W. G. Gearing   New approaches to systems analysis
                                  design. Welcome  . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--5
                   Enid Mumford   Social aspects of systems analysis . . . 5--7
                  P. Hammersley   The impact of changing technology  . . . 7--9
                      P. Prowse   The data base approach . . . . . . . . . 9--12
              J. N. G. Brittain   Design for a changing environment  . . . 13--22
               P. H. Prowse and   
                  R. G. Johnson   A Natural Language Data Base Interface
                                  to the User  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--25
                    E. B. James   The user interface . . . . . . . . . . . 25--28
                        Various   Discussion on `New approaches to systems
                                  analysis and design' . . . . . . . . . . 28--33
                      Anonymous   Calls for papers . . . . . . . . . . . . 33--33
                   H. G. Perros   A regression model for predicting the
                                  response time of a disc I/O system . . . 34--36
                  N. Zvegintzov   Partial-Match Retrieval in an Index
                                  Sequential Directory . . . . . . . . . . 37--40
              Jay Louise Weldon   Using Data Base Abstractions for Logical
                                  Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--45
                 R. A. Earnshaw   Line Tracking for Incremental Plotters   46--52
        E. J. Yannokoudakis and   
                F. H. Ayres and   
               J. A. W. Huggill   Character coding for bibliographical
                                  record control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53--60
                K. L. Clark and   
                  J. Darlington   Algorithm classification through
                                  synthesis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--65
                D. J. Evans and   
            Shirley A. Williams   Analysis and Detection of Parallel
                                  Processable Code . . . . . . . . . . . . 66--72
                    Y. Igarashi   The size of arrays for a prime implicant
                                  generating algorithm . . . . . . . . . . 73--77
                   I. H. Witten   Algorithms for adaptive linear
                                  prediction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78--84
                   J. P. Abbott   Algorithm 110: Computing solution arcs
                                  of nonlinear equations with a parameter  85--89
                   M. J. Denham   Book review: \em Systems Decomposition,
                                  Optimisation and Control, by M. G. Singh
                                  and A. Titli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89--89
                N. L. Sarda and   
                    J. R. Isaac   Automatic analysis and design of
                                  information processing systems . . . . . 90--94
                     I. D. Hill   Correspondence: Jumping to some purpose  94--94

The Computer Journal
Volume 23, Number 2, May, 1980

               J. V. Hansen and   
                 Lynn J. McKell   A computer aid for the analysis of
                                  complex systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--106
                   C. T. Burton   Book review: \em Artificial
                                  Intelligence, Volume 1 by P. H. Winston
                                  and R. H. Brown  . . . . . . . . . . . . 106--106
                 R. E. Griswold   The use of character sets and character
                                  mappings in Icon . . . . . . . . . . . . 107--114
              P. B. Fellget and   
                  C. D. Easteal   Book reviews: \em The Phenomenon of
                                  Science: A Cybernetic Approach to Human
                                  Evolution, by V. F. Turchin, 1977; \em
                                  Business Systems Handbook, by Robert W.
                                  Gilmour, 1979  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114--114
               J. M. Bishop and   
                   D. W. Barron   Procedure calling and structured
                                  architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115--123
                  R. W. Paulson   Book review: \em An Introduction to
                                  Computational Fluid Mechanics, by
                                  Chuen-Yen Chow, 1979 . . . . . . . . . . 123--123
                     S. A. Kent   A minicomputer based high level network
                                  control language . . . . . . . . . . . . 124--131
                   Deborah Hart   Joint BCS ACM symposium on Research and
                                  Development in Information Retrieval . . 131--131
                 R. Haskell and   
                 P. G. Harrison   System Conventions for Non Procedural
                                  Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132--141
            D. L. A. Barber and   
                    J. M. Brady   Book Review: \em Data Communications and
                                  Teleprocessing Systems, by T. Horsley,
                                  1979; \em A Technique for Software and
                                  Systems Design, by R. J. Lano, 1979  . . 141--141
              R. H. Perrott and   
                 A. K. Raja and   
                   P. C. O'Kane   A simulation experiment using two
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142--146
                 Brian Ford and   
               David Jacobs and   
                  A. M. Addyman   Book reviews: \em Workshop on Reliable
                                  Software: Applied Computer Science, by
                                  Peter Raulefs, 1979; \em Reliable
                                  Software Through Composite Design, by G.
                                  J. Myers, 1975; \em Fortran, PL/1 and
                                  the Algols, by Brian Meek, 1978  . . . . 146--146
                     I. C. Wand   Dynamic resource allocation and
                                  supervision with the programming
                                  language MODULA  . . . . . . . . . . . . 147--152
             D. M. Vallance and   
                Peter H. Prowse   Book reviews: \em Programming in
                                  Standard Fortran 77, by A. Balfour and
                                  D. Marwick, 1979; \em Issues in Data
                                  Base Management, by Herbert Weber and
                                  Anthony I. Wasserman, 1979 . . . . . . . 152--152
                  D. T. Goodwin   Partial Non-Underflow and Non-Overflow
                                  of an Arithmetic Stack . . . . . . . . . 153--160
                 Roy Newton and   
                Harley Quilliam   Book reviews: \em Software Portability:
                                  an Advanced Course, edited by P. J.
                                  Brown, 1977; \em The Challenge of
                                  Microprocessors, by M. G. Hartley and
                                  Anne Buckley, 1979 . . . . . . . . . . . 160--160
               B. Dasarathy and   
                     Cheng Yang   A Transformation on Ordered Trees  . . . 161--164
                 A. H. Wise and   
                   A. Colin Day   Book reviews: \em Machine and Assembly
                                  Language Programming of the PDP-11, by
                                  Arthur Gill, 1979; \em Assembly Language
                                  Fundamentals, by Rina Yarmish and J.
                                  Yarmish, 1978  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164--164
                   M. Rabel and   
                   D. Dubus and   
                      A. Tosser   Saving of NAND/NOR gates by inhibition
                                  or $d$-Inhibition  . . . . . . . . . . . 165--185
                   D. Westreich   An efficient predictor-corrector
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186--186
                 M. D. Atkinson   Permutation groups and set union
                                  algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--187
                   D. Westreich   Improving polynomial evaluation at an
                                  approximate root . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--187
              J. A. T. Maddison   Fast lookup in hash tables with direct
                                  rehashing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--189
               Michael de Smith   Points, polygons, and areas  . . . . . . 189--189
                   N. B. Taylor   Correspondence: Jumping to some purpose  189--190
              Mervyn Bryn-Jones   Correspondence: Points and $n$-sided
                                  irregular figures  . . . . . . . . . . . 190--190
                       G. Emery   Book reviews: \em Associative networks,
                                  edited by N. V. Findler, 1979; \em The
                                  MU5 Computer System, by Derrick Morris
                                  and Rolland N. Ibbett, 1979; \em Cobol:
                                  An Introduction to Structured Logic and
                                  Modular Program Design, by William Davis
                                  and Richard Fisher, 1979 . . . . . . . . 191--191

The Computer Journal
Volume 23, Number 3, August, 1980

                  J. M. Triance   Structured Programming in COBOL --- the
                                  Current Options  . . . . . . . . . . . . 194--200
                     S. M. Deen   A canonical schema for a generalised
                                  data model with local interfaces . . . . 201--206
             M. Hatzopoulos and   
                  J. G. Kollias   Some Rules for Introducing Indexing
                                  Paths in a Primary File  . . . . . . . . 207--211
            R. B. E. Napper and   
                   R. N. Fisher   RCC --- a User-Extensible Systems
                                  Implementation Language  . . . . . . . . 212--222
             R. N. Horspool and   
                     N. Marovac   An approach to the problem of
                                  detranslation of computer programs . . . 223--229
                W. T. Jones and   
                     S. A. Kirk   APL as a Software Design Specification
                                  Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230--232
             A. F. Eidelson and   
                 I. J. Robinson   Implementation of BEDSOCS: an
                                  Interactive Simulation Language  . . . . 233--236
              G. R. Garside and   
                 P. E. Pintelas   An ALGOL 68 package for implementing
                                  graph algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . 237--242
               D. F. Cowell and   
              D. F. Gillies and   
                   A. A. Kaposi   Synthesis and Structural Analysis of
                                  Abstract Programs  . . . . . . . . . . . 243--247
                 T. Ottmann and   
                        D. Wood   $1-2$ brother trees or AVL trees
                                  revisited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248--255
                  A. Albano and   
                      R. Orsini   A tree search approach to the
                                  ${M}$-partition and Knapsack problems    256--261
                     R. K. Lutz   An algorithm for the real time analysis
                                  of digitised images  . . . . . . . . . . 262--269
             A. J. T. Colin and   
           A. D. McGettrick and   
                    P. D. Smith   Sorting trains . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--273
              I. J. Riddell and   
                   L. M. Delves   The comparison of routines for solving
                                  Fredholm integral equations of the
                                  second kind  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274--285
                  W. A. Zaremba   Discussion and correspondence: An
                                  alternative for the `completer' function 286--287
                    M. K. Crowe   Porting virtual object files . . . . . . 287--288
                 G. L. Robinson   Correspondence: Jumping to some purpose  288--288

The Computer Journal
Volume 23, Number 4, November, 1980

                      L. Lipsky   A study of time sharing systems
                                  considered as queueing networks of
                                  exponential servers  . . . . . . . . . . 290--297
                   C. M. Reeves   Free store distribution under random fit
                                  allocation: Part 2 . . . . . . . . . . . 298--306
                 G. Schmidt and   
              T. Ströhlein   Timetable Construction --- an Annotated
                                  Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307--316
              A. Boccalatte and   
                    M. Di Manzo   An approach to the detection of semantic
                                  errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317--323
                 D. Y. Feng and   
               R. F. Riesenfeld   Some New Surface Forms for Computer
                                  Aided Geometric Design . . . . . . . . . 324--331
               T. I. Fenner and   
                      G. Loizou   A binary tree representation and related
                                  algorithms for generating integer
                                  partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332--337
                  A. Albano and   
                      R. Orsini   A heuristic solution of the rectangular
                                  cutting stock problem  . . . . . . . . . 338--343
                    Y. L. Varol   On a subset of all the permutations of
                                  $n$ marks  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344--346
                   M. A. Bramer   Correct and optimal strategies in game
                                  playing programs . . . . . . . . . . . . 347--352
                  I. Bratko and   
                      D. Michie   An advice program for a complex chess
                                  programming task . . . . . . . . . . . . 353--359
                       J. Mottl   Description of a program for nonlinear
                                  programming: special problem of bivalent
                                  nonlinear programming  . . . . . . . . . 360--368
                      D. Michie   Expert systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--376
                    R. S. Lemos   Discussion and correspondence: Measuring
                                  students' attitudes towards structured
                                  walk-throughs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377--380
              S. N. Johnson and   
                     Jay Louise   Correspondence: Using data abstraction
                                  for logical design . . . . . . . . . . . 380--380
                   Martyn Thoma   Correspondence: The unconditional branch
                                  --- a modest proposal  . . . . . . . . . 380--381
                      R. Reeves   Correspondence: Using data abstraction
                                  for logical design . . . . . . . . . . . 381--382
                       J. Snell   Correspondence: On ``An efficient
                                  predictor-corrector algorithm''  . . . . 382--382
              D. K. Messham and   
                     A. Elliott   Correspondence: Procedure calling and
                                  structured architecture  . . . . . . . . 382--383
                      Anonymous   Erratum: ``An efficient
                                  predictor-corrector algorithm''  . . . . 383--383


The Computer Journal
Volume 17, Number 4, November, 1974

                   R. I. Kitney   Book review: \em Computing Principles
                                  and Techniques, by B. L. Vickery, 1979   383--383


The Computer Journal
Volume 24, Number 1, February, 1981

                  P. Hammersley   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                      Anonymous   The Wilkes Prize . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                      Anonymous   Information for authors  . . . . . . . . 2--2
                      M. Healey   The possible impact of minicomputers and
                                  microprocessors on mainframe computer
                                  manufacturers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3--8
                    E. B. James   Microelectronics: the impact on computer
                                  centres  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9--13
                  P. Hammersley   The impact of microcomputer systems on
                                  commercial data processing . . . . . . . 14--16
               K. Ekanadham and   
                     A. Mahjoub   Microcomputer Networks . . . . . . . . . 17--24
             J. C. Cavouras and   
                    R. H. Davis   Simulation Tools in Computer System
                                  Design Methodologies . . . . . . . . . . 25--28
              J. G. Kollias and   
                 M. Hatzopoulos   Criteria to aid in solving the problem
                                  of allocating copies of a file in a
                                  computer network . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--30
                R. A. Davenport   Design of Distributed Data Base Systems  31--41
                 M. J. R. Shave   Entities, Functions, and Binary
                                  Relations: Steps to a Conceptual Schema  42--47
             Naveen Prakash and   
              P. Sadanandan and   
                S. M. Desai and   
                K. Rama Rao and   
                    P. N. Gejji   Samhita --- a Data Base Management
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48--51
                 Wendy J. Milne   A framework for the investigation of a
                                  spatial data base  . . . . . . . . . . . 52--55
               Amilcar Sernadas   SYSTEMATICS: its syntax and semantics as
                                  a query language . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--61
               I. H. Witten and   
                       Y. H. Ng   An ideographic language front end
                                  processor for accessing English language
                                  computer systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--70
                K. Ewusi-Mensah   Computer Network Usage Control Through
                                  Peak Load Pricing  . . . . . . . . . . . 71--77
                A. Silberschatz   Port Directed Communication  . . . . . . 78--82
                Y. L. Varol and   
                       D. Rotem   An algorithm to generate all topological
                                  sorting arrangements . . . . . . . . . . 83--84
               R. D. Dutton and   
                  R. C. Brigham   A New Graph Colouring Algorithm  . . . . 85--86
                 S. Incerti and   
                 F. Zirilli and   
                      V. Parisi   Algorithm 111: A FORTRAN subroutine for
                                  solving systems of nonlinear
                                  simultaneous equations . . . . . . . . . 87--91
                 A. G. Bell and   
                      R. Lovett   Book reviews: \em Software Reliability
                                  Guidebook, by Robert L. Glass, 1979; \em
                                  Foundations of Computer Science, by M.
                                  S. Carberry, H. M. Khalil and J. F.
                                  Leathrum and L. S. Levy, 1979  . . . . . 91--91
                     P. R. Bird   Discussion and correspondence: Data
                                  structures for catalogues of sound
                                  recordings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92--94
               Nickolia Kiossev   Correspondence: Points and polygons  . . 94--95
                 A. A. Cr0xf0rd   Correspondence: Os, zeros, thetas, and
                                  pis  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95--95
                   D. J. Taylor   Correspondence: GOTOs in practice  . . . 95--95
                     J. G. Hunt   Correspondence: Premature termination    95--95
                    R. P. Brent   Correspondence: Comments on papers by
                                  Maddison and Westreich . . . . . . . . . 95--96
               D. J. Cairns and   
                  P. R. Freeman   Book reviews: \em Theory and Design of
                                  Digital Computer Systems, 2nd ed., by
                                  Douglas Lewin, 1980; \em Statistical
                                  Computing, by W. J. Kennedy and J. E.
                                  Gentle, 1980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96--96

The Computer Journal
Volume 24, Number 2, May, 1981

                 P. Stecher and   
              Volker Allenstein   Application Controller Concept: a First
                                  Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--106
                P. D. Smith and   
                    S. Y. Steen   Prototype Crossword Compiler . . . . . . 107--111
                  S. Alagic and   
                   A. Kulenovic   Relational Pascal Data Base Interface    112--117
                    K. W. Short   Protection in Data Type Abstractions
                                  Using Constraints on Data Values . . . . 118--124
               Amilcar Sernadas   SYSTEMATICS: Its syntax and semantics as
                                  a query language (2) . . . . . . . . . . 125--129
                   W. B. Samson   Hash Table Collision Handling on Storage
                                  Devices with Latency . . . . . . . . . . 130--131
             W. T. Graybeal and   
                    U. W. Pooch   Design of Calibration Experiments for
                                  Synthetic Jobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132--138
             Tony P. Lucido and   
            Rahul Chattergy and   
                   Udo W. Pooch   Survey of Microprogram Verification and
                                  Validation Methods . . . . . . . . . . . 139--142
                    F. G. Pagan   Style for Writing the Syntactic Portions
                                  of Complete Definitions of Programming
                                  Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143--147
                  K. Brinck and   
                      N. Y. Foo   Analysis of Algorithms on Threaded Trees 148--155
             M. A. Harrison and   
                     A. Yehudai   Eliminating Null Rules in Linear Time    156--161
                      A. Bowyer   Computing Dirichlet tessellations  . . . 162--166
                   D. F. Watson   Computing the $n$-dimensional Delaunay
                                  tessellation with application to
                                  Vorono\uì polytopes . . . . . . . . . . . 167--172
            Yaakov L. Varol and   
                    Doron Rotem   Some Experiences with the
                                  Johnson-Trotter Permutation Generation
                                  Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--176
             W. A. Sentance and   
                    I. P. Cliff   The Determination of Eigenvalues of
                                  Symmetric Quindiagonal Matrices  . . . . 177--179
         S. O. Bateman, Jr. and   
            S. D. Danielopoulos   Computerised Analytic Solutions of
                                  Second Order Differential Equations  . . 180--183
               L. M. Delves and   
             L. F. Abd-Elal and   
                   J. A. Hendry   Set of Modules for the Solution of
                                  Integral Equations . . . . . . . . . . . 184--190
                   S. Jones and   
                   C. M. Reeves   Book reviews: \em Principles of Database
                                  Systems, by J. D. Ullman, 1980; \em
                                  Mathematical Methods in Computer
                                  Graphics and Design, edited by K. W.
                                  Brodie, 1980 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190--190
                    D. Bell and   
                  Donald Michie   Correspondence: Expert systems . . . . . 191--191
              J. Stephenson and   
                       G. Brown   Correspondence: Implementation of
                                  BEDSOCS: An interactive simulation
                                  language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191--192
                     J. D. Wigg   Correspondence: Unconditional branches   192--192
              D. F. Hartley and   
                     The Editor   Correspondence: The Wilkes Award . . . . 192--192

The Computer Journal
Volume 24, Number 3, August, 1981

                   F. S. Zahran   Universal Data Model Holder for Data
                                  Dictionary Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 193--199
                 S. M. Deen and   
                 D. Nikodem and   
                   A. Vashishta   Design of a Canonical Database System
                                  (PRECI)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200--209
               J. M. Bishop and   
                   D. W. Barron   Principles of Descriptors  . . . . . . . 210--221
             L. V. Atkinson and   
             J. J. McGregor and   
                    S. D. North   Context Sensitive Editing as an Approach
                                  to Incremental Compilation . . . . . . . 222--229
                       C. Lazos   Increasing Computer System Productivity
                                  Software and Hardware Methods: a
                                  Comparative Study  . . . . . . . . . . . 230--234
                    M. E. Falla   Gamma Software Engineering System  . . . 235--242
                   H. Wettstein   Locking Operations for Maximum
                                  Concurrency  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243--248
                H. W. Thimbleby   A word boundary algorithm for text
                                  processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249--255
               G. F. Butler and   
                        J. Pike   Free-Format Data Input Scheme Written in
                                  Standard FORTRAN (ANSI 66) . . . . . . . 256--257
                  A. C. Kilgour   Book review: \em ILP: Intermediate
                                  Language for Pictures, by P. J. W. ten
                                  Hagen, T. Hagen, P. Klint, H. Noot, N.
                                  J. Sint, and A. H. Veen, 1981  . . . . . 257--257
          Ronald E. Prather and   
             Shirla G. Giulieri   Decomposition of Flow Chart Schemata . . 258--262
                 Z. Zdrahal and   
                  I. Bratko and   
                     A. Shapiro   Recognition of Complex Patterns Using
                                  Cellular Arrays  . . . . . . . . . . . . 263--270
            Brian A. Barsky and   
              Spencer W. Thomas   TRANSPLINE --- a System for Representing
                                  Curves Using Transformations Among Four
                                  Spline Formulations  . . . . . . . . . . 271--277
                  Donald Michie   A Theory of Evaluative Comments in Chess
                                  with a Note on Minimaxing  . . . . . . . 278--286
                 I. P. Page and   
                     R. T. Wood   Shaded-Picture Scanning Attachment for
                                  Incremental Plotters . . . . . . . . . . 287--287
             Edward M. Reingold   A comment on the evaluation of Polish
                                  postfix expressions  . . . . . . . . . . 288--288

The Computer Journal
Volume 24, Number 4, November, 1981

                 A. D. Chambers   Current Strategies for Computer Auditing
                                  Within an Organization . . . . . . . . . 290--294
              Donald Millington   Structured Systems Analysis and Design
                                  Using Standard Flowcharting Symbols  . . 295--300
                W. T. Izatt and   
                  E. A. Schmitz   Data Structures and Descriptors in the
                                  ICL 2900 Series and Beyond . . . . . . . 301--307
           F. Warren Burton and   
                 Brian J. Lings   Abstract Data Types, Subtypes and Data
                                  Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--311
                 Ian A. Macleod   Relational Model as a Basis for Document
                                  Retrieval System Design  . . . . . . . . 312--315
           Steven J. Harrington   Space Efficient Copying Storage Recovery 316--319
              Alison M. Pringle   Justification with Fewer Hyphens . . . . 320--323
                        J. Pike   Text Compression Using a $4$-Bit Coding
                                  Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324--330
                      K. Hopper   Retained Objects and Operating System
                                  Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331--338
                 I. P. Page and   
                     R. T. Wood   Empirical Analysis of a Moving Head Disc
                                  Model with Two Heads Separated by a
                                  Fixed Number of Tracks . . . . . . . . . 339--342
              A. D. Elliman and   
                A. R. Sudhindra   Performances of Two Microprocessor-Based
                                  Multiplexor Techniques . . . . . . . . . 343--346
                  E. Foxley and   
                      O. Salman   Validation of an Analytic Model of
                                  Computer Performance . . . . . . . . . . 347--352
              Adrian Bowyer and   
           Philip J. Willis and   
               John R. Woodwark   A Multiprocessor Architecture for
                                  Solving Spatial Problems . . . . . . . . 353--357
                       H. Gomaa   Hybrid Simulation/Regression Model of a
                                  Virtual Storage System . . . . . . . . . 358--366
                James K. Mullin   Change Area B-Trees: a Technique to Aid
                                  Error Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367--373
            I. Sklená\vr   Affine Slices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374--377
               Robin Sibson and   
              Graeme D. Thomson   Seamed Quadratic Element for Contouring  378--382
                    R. A. Frost   Algorithm 112: Dumping the index of a
                                  dynamic hash table . . . . . . . . . . . 383--384
               R. W. Newton and   
                F. Panzieri and   
                C. C. Chang and   
                  A. M. Addyman   Book reviews: \em Programming Language
                                  Standardisation, edited by I. D. Hill
                                  and B. L. Meek, 1980; \em Problem
                                  Solving and Structured Programming, by
                                  E. B. Koffmann, 1981; \em Data Base:
                                  Structured Techniques for Design,
                                  Performance and Management, by S. Atre,
                                  1980; \em Pascal --- The Language and
                                  its Implementation, edited by D. W.
                                  Barron, 1981 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384--384


The Computer Journal
Volume 25, Number 1, February, 1982

                    F. W. Allen   A file index for document storage and
                                  retrieval utilizing descriptor fragments 2--6
                  I. P. Schagen   Automatic Contouring from Scattered Data
                                  Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7--11
          A. T. Wood-Harper and   
                  G. Fitzgerald   A taxonomy of current approaches to
                                  systems analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . 12--16
           Richard Kieburtz and   
           Abraham Silberschatz   On the Static Access-Control Mechanism
                                  in Concurrent Pascal . . . . . . . . . . 17--21
                  Nenad Marovac   The rotating bus as a basis for
                                  interprocess communication in
                                  distributed systems  . . . . . . . . . . 22--31
                     I. P. Page   Optimal Fit of Arbitrary Sized Segments  32--33
           Abraham Silberschatz   Priority and Queuing Specification in
                                  `Distributed Processes'  . . . . . . . . 34--36
                A. J. B. Travis   An aid to pattern recognition  . . . . . 37--44
              Jarmo Ernvall and   
                Olli Nevalainen   An algorithm for unbiased random
                                  sampling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--47
             E. Skordalakis and   
            G. Papakonstantinou   A control structure for a variable
                                  number of nested loops . . . . . . . . . 48--51
                 J. J. Cocu and   
                R. E. Devillers   On a Class of Allocation Strategies
                                  Inducing Bounded Delays Only . . . . . . 52--55
               R. H. Barlow and   
                    D. J. Evans   Parallel Algorithms for the Iterative
                                  Solution to Linear Systems . . . . . . . 56--60
                   C. B. Dunham   The necessity of publishing programs . . 61--62
                 Frank G. Pagan   Semantic specification using two-level
                                  grammars: labels and GOTO statements . . 63--67
          C. Robert Carlson and   
            Adarsh K. Arora and   
Miroslava Milosavljevic Carlson   The application of functional dependency
                                  theory to relational databases . . . . . 68--73
            R. J. T. Morris and   
                  J. S. Kaufman   Performance Comparison of I/O Access
                                  Disciplines for Transaction-Processing
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74--83
                     B. Schmidt   Simulation of Discrete Systems Using
                                  GPSS-Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84--86
                M. Bozyigit and   
                       Y. Paker   A topology reconfiguration mechanism for
                                  distributed computer systems . . . . . . 87--92
                   M. C. Er and   
                B. G. T. Lowden   The theory and practice of constructing
                                  an optimal polyphase sort  . . . . . . . 93--101
                C. M. McCulloch   Quickshunt --- a Distributive Sorting
                                  Algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102--104
                      D. Michie   Experiments on the mechanization of
                                  game-learning. II. Rule-based learning
                                  and the human window . . . . . . . . . . 105--113
          M. L. V. Pitteway and   
                 A. J. R. Green   Bresenham's algorithm with run line
                                  coding shortcut  . . . . . . . . . . . . 114--115
              Jack E. Bresenham   Incremental Line Compaction  . . . . . . 116--120
                J. L. Keedy and   
               J. Rosenberg and   
               K. Ramamohanarao   On Synchronizing Readers and Writers
                                  with Semaphores  . . . . . . . . . . . . 121--125
             M. Hatzopoulos and   
                  J. G. Kollias   The determination of the optimum
                                  database maintenance points  . . . . . . 126--129
                 Julie Scoltock   A survey of the literature of cluster
                                  analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130--134
            R. W. A. Hudson and   
                     J. A. Self   A dialogue system to teach database
                                  concepts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135--139
               A. J. Wilkes and   
                  N. E. Wiseman   A Soft-Edged Character Set and its
                                  Derivation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140--147
               R. C. Thomas and   
                       A. Burns   The case for distributed decision making
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148--152
            Philip C. Treleaven   Workshop report: VLSI Machine
                                  Architectures and Very High Level
                                  Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153--157
                R. A. Frost and   
                 M. M. Peterson   A short note on binary search trees  . . 158--158
                D. J. M. Davies   A note on sparsely filled dynamically
                                  allocated memory . . . . . . . . . . . . 159--159

The Computer Journal
Volume 25, Number 2, May, 1982

                     B. Shackel   The BLEND system: programme for the
                                  study of some `electronic journals'  . . 161--168
              J. S. Johnson and   
                  D. B. Webster   Updating an Inverted Index --- a
                                  Performance Comparison of Two Techniques 169--175
                     Graham Lee   DOPLs: A New Style of Programming  . . . 176--182
        E. J. Yannakoudakis and   
                    A. K. P. Wu   Quasi-Equifrequent Group Generation and
                                  Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183--187
               Reginald Muchsel   Performance Measurements --- a Practical
                                  Example from a German University
                                  Computing Centre . . . . . . . . . . . . 188--192
                 C. H. C. Leung   A simple model for the performance
                                  analysis of disc storage fragmentation   193--198
                 C. H. C. Leung   An improved optimal-fit procedure for
                                  dynamic storage allocation . . . . . . . 199--206
        Philip C. Treleaven and   
         Richard P. Hopkins and   
             Paul W. Rautenbach   Combining Data Flow and Control Flow
                                  Computing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207--217
                   N. E. Goller   Triodic Logic and its Use in Structured
                                  Program Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218--226
              William E. Wright   Single Versus Double Buffering in
                                  Constrained Merging  . . . . . . . . . . 227--230
                       A. Blake   Fixed Point Solutions of Recursive
                                  Operations on Boolean Arrays . . . . . . 231--234
                 J. R. Woodwark   The Explicit Quad Tree As a Structure
                                  for Computer Graphics  . . . . . . . . . 235--238
            G. Papakonstantinou   Optimal Evaluation of Queries  . . . . . 239--241
              J. R. Lin Sin Cho   Automatic Report Formatting from a
                                  Report Specimen  . . . . . . . . . . . . 242--247
                 B. A. Wichmann   A comparison of PASCAL and Ada . . . . . 248--252
                 P. A. Dearnley   Software Development for Microcomputer
                                  Data Processing Systems  . . . . . . . . 253--256
                    R. W. Topor   Functional Programs for Generating
                                  Permutations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257--263
                 P. G. Harrison   Efficient Storage Management for
                                  Functional Languages . . . . . . . . . . 264--271
              Chris Corbett and   
                  Ian H. Witten   On the Inclusion and Placement of
                                  Documentation Graphics in Computer
                                  Typesetting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272--277
                Robert Piessens   Algorithm 113: Inversion of the Laplace
                                  transform  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278--282
                     F. F. Land   Tutorial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--285
                        J. Watt   Correspondence: The possible impact of
                                  minicomputers and microprocessors [on]
                                  mainframe computer manufacturers . . . . 286--286
              Marek Missala and   
                 Piotr Rudnicki   Correspondence: Jumping to some purpose  286--286
                      Anonymous   Call for registration  . . . . . . . . . 286--286
            D. J. G. Farlie and   
         Mildred L. G. Shaw and   
             B. A. Wichmann and   
                S. H. Lavington   Book reviews: W. M. Brelsford and R. A.
                                  Relles, \em STATLILB: A Statistical
                                  Computing Laboratory, 1981; N. Rushby
                                  (ed.), \em Selected Readings in
                                  Computer-Based Learning, 1981; R. D.
                                  Tennent, \em Principles of Programming
                                  Languages, 1981; D. Hutchison, \em
                                  Fundamentals of Computer Logic, 1981 . . 287--287
                      Anonymous   Information for Authors  . . . . . . . . 288--288

The Computer Journal
Volume 25, Number 3, August, 1982

                 M. H. Williams   The programming language BPL . . . . . . 289--306
               C. J. Rosenquist   Entity life cycle models and their
                                  applicability to information systems
                                  development life cycles, a framework for
                                  information systems design and
                                  implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307--315
             Dusan M. Velasevic   Right-To-Left Code Generation for
                                  Arithmetic Expressions . . . . . . . . . 316--326
                  K. P. Tan and   
                      L. S. Hsu   Block sorting of a large file in
                                  external storage by a $2$-component key  327--330
              A. Boccalatte and   
                M. Di Manzo and   
                     D. Sciarra   Error Recovery with Attribute Grammars   331--337
            Charles J. Colbourn   Computing the Chromatic Index of Steiner
                                  Triple Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338--339
          R. Nigel Horspool and   
          Laurence W. Dunkelman   Analysis and Optimization of Set
                                  Expressions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340--346
           Per-Åke Larson   Expected Worst-Case Performance of Hash
                                  Files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347--352
           Bengt Erik Bengtsson   Packing Rectangular Pieces --- a
                                  Heuristic Approach . . . . . . . . . . . 353--357
                    R. A. Frost   Binary-Relational Storage Structures . . 358--367
                Arvola Chan and   
                  Bahram Niamir   On Estimating the Cost of Accessing
                                  Records in Blocked Database
                                  Organizations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368--374
             Peter J. L. Wallis   The preparation of guidelines for
                                  portable programming in high-level
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375--378
                     G. Oulsnam   Unravelling Unstructured Programs  . . . 379--387
                  M. D. McIlroy   The Number of States of a Dynamic
                                  Storage Allocation System  . . . . . . . 388--392
                 M. H. Williams   A comment on the decomposition of
                                  flowchart schemata . . . . . . . . . . . 393--396
                       M. C. Er   A note on computing precedence functions 397--398

The Computer Journal
Volume 25, Number 4, November, 1982

                      A. Parkin   Data Analysis and System Design by
                                  Entity-Relationship Modelling --- a
                                  Practical Example  . . . . . . . . . . . 401--409
               C. R. Symons and   
                      P. Tijsma   A Systematic and Practical Approach to
                                  the Definition of Data . . . . . . . . . 410--422
                     M. Mor and   
                 A. S. Fraenkel   Permutation Generation on Vector
                                  Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423--428
                D. J. Tomlinson   An aid to hidden surface removal in real
                                  time CGI systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 429--441
                       M. C. Er   A representation approach to the Tower
                                  of Hanoi problem . . . . . . . . . . . . 442--447
                  R. A. Brooker   A `database' subsystem for BCPL  . . . . 448--464
              Elaine J. Weyuker   On Testing Non-Testable Programs . . . . 465--470
                 R. Sacks-Davis   Applications of Redundant Number
                                  Representations to Decimal Arithmetic    471--477
           K. Ramamohanarao and   
                  John W. Lloyd   Dynamic Hashing Schemes  . . . . . . . . 478--485
                 D. A. Bell and   
                     S. M. Deen   Key Space Compression and Hashing in
                                  PRECI  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486--492
               J. Shanehchi and   
                    D. J. Evans   A modified bisection algorithm for the
                                  determination of the eigenvalues of a
                                  symmetric quindiagonal matrix  . . . . . 493--494


The Computer Journal
Volume 26, Number 1, February, 1983

                   Philip Leith   Hierarchically Structured Production
                                  Rules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--5
               R. H. Barlow and   
                D. J. Evans and   
                   J. Shanehchi   Parallel Multisection Applied to the
                                  Eigenvalue Problem . . . . . . . . . . . 6--9
             C. H. C. Leung and   
                   K. Wolfenden   Disc Database Efficiency: a Scheme for
                                  Detailed Assessment Based on Semi-Markov
                                  Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10--14
             S. O. Anderson and   
            R. C. Backhouse and   
                E. H. Bugge and   
                 C. P. Stirling   An assessment of locally least-cost
                                  error recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15--24
                   C. M. Reeves   Free store distribution under random fit
                                  allocation. III  . . . . . . . . . . . . 25--35
             P. A. Dearnley and   
                   P. J. Mayhew   In Favour of System Prototypes and Their
                                  Integration into the Systems Development
                                  Cycle  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36--42
              William E. Wright   Some File Structure Considerations
                                  Pertaining to Magnetic Bubble Memory . . 43--51
                   N. H. Gehani   High Level Form Definition in Office
                                  Information Systems  . . . . . . . . . . 52--59
                  J. M. Triance   The proposed COBOL Standard --- its
                                  significance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60--67
            D. G. N. Hunter and   
                 A. R. McKenzie   Experiments with Relaxation Algorithms
                                  for Breaking Simple Substitution Ciphers 68--71
              S. B. Wampler and   
                 R. E. Griswold   Co-expressions in Icon . . . . . . . . . 72--78
          A. T. Wood-Harper and   
                    D. J. Flynn   Action Learning for Teaching Information
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--82
               M. A. Oliver and   
                  N. E. Wiseman   Operations on Quadtree Encoded Images    83--91
                   J. M. Wilson   Algorithm 114: Interrupted permutations
                                  in lexicographic order . . . . . . . . . 92--92
                 R. A. Reynolds   Human performance in interactive
                                  graphics operations  . . . . . . . . . . 93--94

The Computer Journal
Volume 26, Number 2, May, 1983

             Phalguni Gupta and   
            G. P. Bhattacharjee   Parallel Generation of Permutations  . . 97--105
           Gaston H. Gonnet and   
      Henk J. Olivié and   
                    Derick Wood   Height-Ratio-Balanced Trees  . . . . . . 106--108
                  C. G. Broyden   A mark-scaling algorithm . . . . . . . . 109--112
                 C. H. C. Leung   Analysis of Disc Fragmentation Using
                                  Markov Chains  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113--116
                  J. G. Kollias   The effect of missing, retroactive,
                                  erroneous and/or late data in designing
                                  accounting applications  . . . . . . . . 117--123
                R. A. Frost and   
                   S. Whittaker   A step towards the automatic maintenance
                                  of the semantic integrity of databases   124--133
               John C. Cavouras   Computer System Evaluation Through
                                  Supervisor Replication . . . . . . . . . 134--141
              David A. Watt and   
            Ole Lehrmann Madsen   Extended Attribute Grammars  . . . . . . 142--153
                    R. Lesuisse   Some Lessons Drawn from the History of
                                  the Binary Search Algorithm  . . . . . . 154--163
                  Lloyd Allison   Programming Denotational Semantics . . . 164--174
             R. E. Griswold and   
                  Michael Novak   Programmer-Defined Control Operations    175--183
                 N. N. Chan and   
                    Kim-Hung Li   Algorithm 115: A FORTRAN subroutine for
                                  finding a real symmetric matrix with
                                  prescribed diagonal elements and
                                  eigenvalues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184--186
                  C. J. Prosser   A note on computing the square root of
                                  an integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--188
           F. Warren Burton and   
                  J. G. Kollias   Comment on ``The explicit quad tree as a
                                  structure for computer graphics''  . . . 188--188

The Computer Journal
Volume 26, Number 3, August, 1983

                D. J. Evans and   
               F. Abdollahzadeh   Efficient Construction of Balanced
                                  Binary Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193--195
                 C. H. C. Leung   A model for disc locality referencing    196--198
             A. M. R. Smith and   
                  L. S. Lee and   
                     D. J. Hand   Interactive User-Friendly Interfaces to
                                  Statistical Packages . . . . . . . . . . 199--204
                       M. C. Er   A note on generating well-formed
                                  parenthesis strings lexicographically    205--207
                J. V. Woods and   
                 A. J. T. Wheen   MU6P: an Advanced Microprocessor
                                  Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208--217
              Jan Schlörer   Information Loss in Partitioned
                                  Statistical Databases  . . . . . . . . . 218--223
                       M. C. Er   Fast Algorithm for Computing Order-${K}$
                                  Fibonacci Numbers  . . . . . . . . . . . 224--227
                    R. A. Frost   SCHEMAL: Yet Another Conceptual Schema
                                  Definition Language  . . . . . . . . . . 228--234
             B. E. J. Clark and   
                 S. K. Robinson   A Graphically Interacting Program
                                  Monitor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235--238
              A. F. Smeaton and   
           C. J. van Rijsbergen   The retrieval effects of query expansion
                                  on a feedback document retrieval system  239--246
                 B. Shackel and   
            D. J. Pullinger and   
                T. I. Maude and   
                     W. P. Dodd   The BLEND-LINC project on `electronic
                                  journals' after two years  . . . . . . . 247--254
                  J. R. Quinlan   INFERNO: a cautious approach to
                                  uncertain interference . . . . . . . . . 255--269
                 M. H. Williams   Flowchart Schemata and the Problem of
                                  Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--276
          Eric C. R. Hehner and   
             Brad A. Silverberg   Programming with Grammars: an Exercise
                                  in Methodology-Directed Language Design  277--281
             B. J. McKenzie and   
                     T. Takaoko   A control structure for a variable
                                  number of nested loops . . . . . . . . . 282--283
                  M. J. Cookson   Taxonomic studies on current approaches
                                  to systems analysis  . . . . . . . . . . 283--284

The Computer Journal
Volume 26, Number 4, November, 1983

                Pierre Lescanne   Behavioural Categoricity of Abstract
                                  Data Type Specifications . . . . . . . . 289--292
                       M. C. Er   A Parallel Computation Approach to
                                  Topological Sorting  . . . . . . . . . . 293--295
                    P. D. Smith   XENO: Computer-Assisted Compilation of
                                  Crossword Puzzles  . . . . . . . . . . . 296--302
              John A. Llewellyn   Finite State Models in the Study of
                                  Comma-Free Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 303--311
                P. K. Ghosh and   
                    S. P. Mudur   Parametric Curves for Graphic Design
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312--319
                   J. S. Deogun   On Scheduling with Ready Times to
                                  Minimize Mean Flow Time  . . . . . . . . 320--328
             Naveen Prakash and   
                Parimala N. and   
                     N. Bolloju   Data Definition Facilities in Admin  . . 329--335
        Aviezri S. Fraenkel and   
                      Moshe Mor   Combinatorial Compression and
                                  Partitioning of Large Dictionaries . . . 336--343
              John K. Slape and   
             Peter J. L. Wallis   Conversion of Fortran to Ada Using an
                                  Intermediate Tree Representation . . . . 344--353
                     F. Murtagh   A survey of recent advances in
                                  hierarchical clustering algorithms . . . 354--359
             M. P. Atkinson and   
               P. J. Bailey and   
             K. J. Chisholm and   
            P. W. Cockshott and   
                    R. Morrison   An Approach to Persistent Programming    360--365
                    R. T. House   A proposal for an extended form of type
                                  checking of expressions  . . . . . . . . 366--374
               M. A. Oliver and   
                  N. E. Wiseman   Operations on Quadtree Leaves and
                                  Related Image Areas  . . . . . . . . . . 375--380


The Computer Journal
Volume 27, Number 1, February, 1984

                  P. Hammersley   Editorial  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--2
              Maurice V. Wilkes   Security Management and Protection --- a
                                  Personal Approach  . . . . . . . . . . . 3--7
            William A. Gale and   
                  Roger Koenker   Pricing Interactive Computer Services    8--17
                     I. P. Page   Analysis of a Cyclic Placement Scheme    18--26
                 P. G. Harrison   The Distribution of Cycle Times in
                                  Tree-Like Networks of Queues . . . . . . 27--36
                 D. H. J. Brown   Transitions to Ada: an Incremental
                                  Approach . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37--41
                 L. V. Atkinson   Jumping about and getting into a state   42--46
               David M. Harland   User-Defined Types in a Polymorphic
                                  Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--56
            Adarsh K. Arora and   
                  C. R. Carlson   Normalization Could Be Useful  . . . . . 57--61
                Parimala N. and   
             Naveen Prakash and   
                     N. Bolloju   Concurrency Control in Admin . . . . . . 62--66
                     K. T. Fung   A reorganization model based on the
                                  database entropy concept . . . . . . . . 67--71
                   C. M. Reeves   Complexity Analyses of Event Set
                                  Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72--79
                       M. C. Er   The colour Towers of Hanoi: a
                                  generalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80--82
                       C. J. Lo   Unifying multiple semantic intentions
                                  for a syntactic construct  . . . . . . . 83--84
            R. J. Macmillan and   
                J. H. Davenport   Factoring medium-sized integers  . . . . 84--85
              G. N. Buckley and   
                A. Silberschatz   On the heterogeneous guard locking
                                  protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86--87
                   T. Agmon and   
                    I. Borovits   Dynamic and uncertainty considerations
                                  in the selection and the acquisition of
                                  an information system: an adoption of a
                                  break-even analysis to investment
                                  decisions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87--89

The Computer Journal
Volume 27, Number 2, May, 1984

                Donald E. Knuth   Literate Programming . . . . . . . . . . 97--111
               A. J. Wilkes and   
               D. W. Singer and   
              J. J. Gibbons and   
                 T. R. King and   
                P. Robinson and   
                  N. E. Wiseman   The Rainbow Workstation  . . . . . . . . 112--120
            John A. Mariani and   
            Douglas R. McGregor   VULCAN: a Modified Viewdata System with
                                  Improved Indexing and Formal Hierarchy
                                  Definition Language  . . . . . . . . . . 121--126
                 P. Corsini and   
                 G. Frosini and   
                    L. Lopriore   The implementation of abstract objects
                                  in a capability based addressing
                                  architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--134
                   C. M. Reeves   A lumped-state model of clustering in
                                  dynamic storage allocation . . . . . . . 135--142
                R. H. Davis and   
                     P. Coumpas   A dynamic file organization model  . . . 143--150
                  Keld Helsgaun   Backtrack Programming with SIMULA  . . . 151--158
                      D. Barton   Problem with Algebra Systems ---
                                  Revisited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159--164
             M. H. Williams and   
                    K. T. Milne   The performance of algorithms for
                                  colouring planar graphs  . . . . . . . . 165--170
                       M. C. Er   The Cyclic Towers of Hanoi: a
                                  Representation Approach  . . . . . . . . 171--175
             Alan D. Kalvin and   
                Yaakov L. Varol   On Two Problems Reducible to Topological
                                  Sorting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176--177
                   D. J. Hatter   Algorithm 116: A generalized
                                  non-recursive binary tree traversal
                                  algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178--179
           J. D. Henstridge and   
                R. W. Payne and   
                    R. J. Baker   Algorithm 117: Buffered output in
                                  FORTRAN  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179--184
                   B. Jones and   
                M. Banerjee and   
                       L. Jones   Algorithm 118: Root isolation for
                                  transcendental equations . . . . . . . . 184--187

The Computer Journal
Volume 27, Number 3, August, 1984

               A. El Sayed Noor   A framework for the creation and
                                  management of national computing
                                  strategies in developing countries . . . 193--200
                     A. Mahjoub   On the Static Evaluation of Distributed
                                  Systems Performance  . . . . . . . . . . 201--208
             Naveen Prakash and   
                N. Parimala and   
                     N. Bolloju   Specifying integrity constraints in a
                                  network DBMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--217
                 D. A. Bell and   
                     S. M. Deen   Hash Trees Versus B-Trees  . . . . . . . 218--224
                 J. R. Woodwark   Compressed Quad Trees  . . . . . . . . . 225--229
                        Art Lew   Proof of Correctness of Decision Table
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230--232
                  G. Adorni and   
              A. Boccalatte and   
                    M. Di Manzo   Top-Down Semantic Analysis . . . . . . . 233--237
            Richard B. Bunt and   
             Jennifer M. Murphy   The measurement of locality and the
                                  behaviour of programs  . . . . . . . . . 238--245
                 R. K. Ward and   
                    M. Tabandeh   Error Correction and Detection, a
                                  Geometric Approach . . . . . . . . . . . 246--253
           M. P. Papazoglou and   
           P. I. Georgiadis and   
                 D. G. Maritsas   Architectural considerations of the
                                  parallel SIMULA machine  . . . . . . . . 254--259
                 F. S. Wong and   
                      M. R. Ito   Parallel Sorting on a Re-Circulating
                                  Systolic Sorter  . . . . . . . . . . . . 260--269
                  H. W. Six and   
                      L. Wegner   Sorting a Random Access File in Situ . . 270--275
                    Hannu Erkio   The worst case permutation for
                                  median-of-three quicksort  . . . . . . . 276--277
                       M. C. Er   The Generalized Colour Towers of Hanoi:
                                  an Iterative Algorithm . . . . . . . . . 278--282
                  H. D. Baecker   On instruction set encoding  . . . . . . 283--283
                   Enid Mumford   Participative systems design . . . . . . 283--283
                    R. H. Davis   A note on dynamic file organization
                                  models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284--284

The Computer Journal
Volume 27, Number 4, November, 1984

       M. Elizabeth C. Hull and   
                   R. M. McKeag   Concurrency in the Design of Data
                                  Processing Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 289--293
                David S. Bowers   A Database Architecture for
                                  Aggregate-Incomplete Data  . . . . . . . 294--300
                   Steve Talbot   An investigation into logical
                                  optimization of relational query
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301--309
                N. Parimala and   
             Naveen Prakash and   
                     N. Bolloju   New Corecs and New Cosets in Admin . . . 310--314
                  David A. Bell   Difficult Data Placement Problems  . . . 315--320
            D. D. Kouvatsos and   
                     S. K. Wong   On Optimal Blocking of Sequential Files  321--327
                   G. Ch. Pflug   Dynamic Memory Allocation --- a
                                  Markovian Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . 328--333
        Wlodzimierz Dobosiewicz   Replacement Selection in $3$-Level
                                  Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334--339
              Ronald E. Prather   An Axiomatic Theory of Software
                                  Complexity Measure . . . . . . . . . . . 340--347
                    P. J. Brown   Embedded Macro Processors  . . . . . . . 348--353
                 Michael Stubbs   An examination of the resolution of
                                  structure clashes by structure inversion 354--361
                A. J. B. Travis   An aid to pattern recognition. II  . . . 362--367
                  Ahmed S. Zaki   Algorithm 119: A space saving insertion
                                  algorithm for $2$-$3$ trees  . . . . . . 368--372
               Robert W. Irving   Permutation Backtracking in
                                  Lexicographic Order  . . . . . . . . . . 373--375
               F. W. Burton and   
              V. J. Kollias and   
                  J. G. Kollias   Consistency in Point-In-Polygon Tests    375--376
                Alan Hutchinson   The halting problem does not matter  . . 376--376


The Computer Journal
Volume 28, Number 1, February, 1985

                T. I. Maude and   
                D. J. Pullinger   Software for reading, refereeing and
                                  browsing in the BLEND system . . . . . . 1--4
             Nicola Santoro and   
                   Ramez Khatib   Labelling and Implicit Routing in
                                  Networks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5--8
                  D. T. Goodwin   Further Study of a Stack-Length Model    9--16
                 D. Crookes and   
                   C. J. Devlin   An algorithm for optimal procedural
                                  nesting  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--21
                J. Robinson and   
                       A. Burns   A dialogue development system for the
                                  design and implementation of user
                                  interfaces in Ada  . . . . . . . . . . . 22--28
                  P. J. Layzell   The history of macro processors in
                                  programming language extensibility . . . 29--33
              J. M. Triance and   
                  P. J. Layzell   Macro Processors for Enhancing
                                  High-Level Languages --- Some Design
                                  Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34--43
                   N. E. Goller   Hybrid Data Structures Defined by
                                  Indirection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44--53
              G. V. Cormack and   
          R. N. S. Horspool and   
                M. Kaiserswerth   Practical Perfect Hashing  . . . . . . . 54--58
              A. L. Furtado and   
               T. S. E. Maibaum   An informal approach to formal
                                  (algebraic) specifications . . . . . . . 59--67
                B. A. Styne and   
                 T. R. King and   
                  N. E. Wiseman   Pad Structures for the Rainbow
                                  Workstation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68--72
                     D. J. Abel   Some Elemental Operations on Linear
                                  Quadtrees for Geographic Information
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--77
                 M. H. Williams   A Linear Algorithm for Colouring Planar
                                  Graphs with Five Colours . . . . . . . . 78--81
                     F. Murtagh   A Survey of Algorithms for
                                  Contiguity-Constrained Clustering and
                                  Related Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . 82--88
                       J. Mottl   Description of a Program for Nonlinear
                                  Programming: the Centroid Program  . . . 89--94

The Computer Journal
Volume 28, Number 2, May, 1985

                   Enid Mumford   Defining System Requirements to Meet
                                  Business Needs: a Case Study Example . . 97--104
          Julian R. Ullmann and   
         Robert M. Haralick and   
               Linda G. Shapiro   Computer Architecture for Solving
                                  Consistent Labelling Problems  . . . . . 105--111
                    R. A. Frost   Using Semantic Concepts to Characterise
                                  Various Knowledge Representation
                                  Formalisms: a Method of Facilitating the
                                  Interface of Knowledge Base System
                                  Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112--116
                    F. J. Dixon   Simplifying Screen Specifications ---
                                  the `Full Screen Manager' Interface and
                                  `Screen Form' Generating Routines  . . . 117--127
              J. M. Triance and   
                  P. J. Layzell   Language Enhancement Facility for COBOL
                                  --- its Design and Implementation  . . . 128--133
             M. H. Williams and   
                        G. Chen   Restructuring Pascal programs containing
                                  GOTO statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . 134--137
                Peter R. Benyon   Exploiting Vector Computers by
                                  Replication  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--141
                   David Barton   Parallelism in Simple Algebra Systems    142--147
               L. M. Delves and   
                 S. C. Mawdsley   DAP-Algol: a Development System for
                                  Parallel Algorithms  . . . . . . . . . . 148--153
               T. S. E. Maibaum   Database Instances, Abstract Data Types
                                  and Database Specification . . . . . . . 154--161
                  R. Turner and   
                B. G. T. Lowden   An introduction to the formal
                                  specification of relational query
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162--169
                   Yuksel Uckan   A relational schema description and
                                  manipulation facility  . . . . . . . . . 170--178
             C. H. C. Leung and   
                   K. Wolfenden   Mathematical Models of File Growth . . . 179--183
                  Philippe Kent   An efficient new way to represent
                                  multi-dimensional data . . . . . . . . . 184--190

The Computer Journal
Volume 28, Number 3, July, 1985

                  R. K. Stamper   Towards a Theory of Information.
                                  Information: Mystical Fluid or a Subject
                                  for Scientific Enquiry?  . . . . . . . . 195--199
                 George Rzevski   On Criteria for Assessing an Information
                                  Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200--202
                 G. G. Scarrott   Information, the Life Blood of
                                  Organisation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203--205
                    C. J. Tully   Information, Human Activity and the
                                  Nature of Relevant Theories  . . . . . . 206--210
                     Frank Land   Is an Information Theory Enough? . . . . 211--215
              D. H. Marwick and   
            C. R. G. B. Rinaldi   The Tattoo on a micro-computer . . . . . 216--222
              G. Fitzgerald and   
                  N. Stokes and   
                  J. R. G. Wood   Feature Analysis of Contemporary
                                  Information Systems Methodologies  . . . 223--230
               R. N. Ibbett and   
              D. A. Edwards and   
              T. P. Hopkins and   
              C. K. Cadogan and   
                    D. A. Train   Centrenet --- a High Performance Local
                                  Area Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231--242
                    S. Muir and   
               D. Hutchison and   
                    D. Shepherd   ARCA: a Local Network File Server  . . . 243--249
                 M. H. Williams   Structuring Two-Level Grammar
                                  Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250--256
                  D. T. Goodwin   The computability of stack non-underflow 257--263
             Sakti Pramanik and   
                  Chung-Ta King   A hardware pattern matching algorithm on
                                  a dataflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264--269
             R. N. Maddison and   
                A. J. Gawronski   A data dictionary for learning data
                                  analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270--281
                 S. M. Deen and   
                 R. R. Amin and   
        G. O. Ofori-Dwumfuo and   
                   M. C. Taylor   Architecture of a Generalised
                                  Distributed Database System --- PRECI    282--290
                 S. Misbah Deen   A tuple placement technique for
                                  databases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291--297
               T. D. Kimura and   
              W. D. Gillett and   
                 J. R. Cox, Jr.   A design of a data model based on
                                  abstraction of symbols . . . . . . . . . 298--308
               W. B. Samson and   
                     A. Bendell   Rank Order Distributions and Secondary
                                  Key Indexing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309--312
                    Gordon Lyon   Achieving Hash Table Searches in One or
                                  Two Bucket Probes  . . . . . . . . . . . 313--318
           Per-Åke Larson   Performance Analysis of a Single-File
                                  Version of Linear Hashing  . . . . . . . 319--329
                James K. Mullin   Spiral Storage: Efficient Dynamic
                                  Hashing with Constant Performance  . . . 330--334
                       A. Oxley   Surface Fitting by Triangulation . . . . 335--339
                   M. Clint and   
                    C. Holt and   
              R. H. Perrott and   
                     A. Stewart   Algorithm 120: A DAP FORTRAN subroutine
                                  for the eigensolution of real symmetric
                                  matrices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340--342
                D. G. N. Hunter   Algorithm 121: RSA key calculation in
                                  Ada  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343--348

The Computer Journal
Volume 28, Number 4, August, 1985

                     K. T. Fung   An entropy approach to solving some
                                  network reliability problems . . . . . . 353--356
           Jovan Djordjevic and   
             Mario Barbacci and   
                    Brad Hosler   A PMS Level Notation for the Description
                                  and Simulation of Digital Systems  . . . 357--365
                M. L. Schneider   Weighted Decision Tables --- an
                                  Alternative Solution for Ambiguity . . . 366--371
              Kazimierz Subieta   A simple method of data correction . . . 372--374
                   Allan Ramsay   On Efficient Context Switching . . . . . 375--378
              John A. Llewellyn   The construction of variable-length
                                  comma-free codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 379--390
                F. Cesarini and   
                        G. Soda   Design and Implementation of a
                                  Relational DBMS for Microcomputers . . . 391--397
                 R. Bonanno and   
                    D. Maio and   
                     P. Tiberio   An approximation algorithm for secondary
                                  index selection in relational database
                                  physical design  . . . . . . . . . . . . 398--405
        Michael Hatzopoulos and   
           J. (Yiannis) Kollias   On the Selection of a Reduced Set of
                                  Indexes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406--408
             C. H. C. Leung and   
                   K. Wolfenden   Estimating Disc Access Patterns Using
                                  Diffusion Models . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--411
                Matti Jakobsson   Sampling without Replacement in Linear
                                  Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412--413
           F. Warren Burton and   
        Matthew M. Huntbach and   
        J. (Yiannis) G. Kollias   Multiple Generation Text Files Using
                                  Overlapping Tree Structures  . . . . . . 414--416
               Nivio Zivani and   
      Henk J. Olivié and   
               Gaston H. Gonnet   The Analysis of an Improved Symmetric
                                  Binary B-Tree Algorithm  . . . . . . . . 417--425
                   Keith Brinck   The Expected Performance of Traversal
                                  Algorithms in Binary Trees . . . . . . . 426--432
                   David McLean   A Method of Generating Surfaces as a
                                  Composite of Cyclide Patches . . . . . . 433--438
                 D. J. Abel and   
                 W. T. Williams   A re-examination of four classificatory
                                  fusion strategies  . . . . . . . . . . . 439--443
               Enrico Spoletini   Algorithm 122: Generation of
                                  permutations in direct lexicographic
                                  ordering by arithmetic methods . . . . . 444--445

The Computer Journal
Volume 28, Number 5, November, 1985

                  M. W. Shields   Concurrent Machines  . . . . . . . . . . 449--465
                    K. Kant and   
                A. Silberschatz   Error Propagation and Recovery in
                                  Concurrent Environments  . . . . . . . . 466--473
            Lawrence C. Paulson   Lessons Learned from LCF: a Survey of
                                  Natural Deduction Proofs . . . . . . . . 474--479
                  Lloyd Allison   Programming denotational semantics. II   480--486
                 Z. Markusz and   
                   A. A. Kaposi   Complexity Control in Logic-Based
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487--495
                  R. M. O'Keefe   Comment on `Complexity analyses of event
                                  set algorithms'  . . . . . . . . . . . . 496--497
                  Nader Shebini   FEDOS: a Finite Element Database of
                                  Offshore Structures  . . . . . . . . . . 498--500
              P. M. D. Gray and   
                   P. Esslemont   The performance of a relational
                                  interface to a Codasyl database  . . . . 501--507
                D. J. Flynn and   
               A. H. F. Laender   Mapping from a Conceptual Schema to a
                                  Target Internal Schema . . . . . . . . . 508--517
             C. H. C. Leung and   
                   K. Wolfenden   Analysis and Optimisation of Data
                                  Currency and Consistency in Replicated
                                  Distributed Databases  . . . . . . . . . 518--523
       Michalis Hatzopoulos and   
                  J. G. Kollias   Towards the Optimal Secondary Index
                                  Organisation and Secondary Index
                                  Selection  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524--529
                  A. J. Compton   An algorithm for the even distribution
                                  of entities in one dimension . . . . . . 530--537
                       M. C. Er   Enumerating Ordered Trees
                                  Lexicographically  . . . . . . . . . . . 538--542


The Computer Journal
Volume ??, Number ??, August, 1985

                  James Bradley   Use of Mean Distance between Overflow
                                  Records to Compute Average Search
                                  Lengths in Hash files with Open
                                  Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ??


The Computer Journal
Volume 29, Number 1, February, 1986

                M. Anderson and   
                 R. D. Pose and   
                  C. S. Wallace   A password-capability system . . . . . . 1--8
             M. H. Williams and   
                     J. Riddall   The segregation of incompatible duties   9--11
                     R. K. Ward   Parity Check Codes for Logic Processors  12--16
                      N. Y. Foo   Dewey Indexing of Prolog Traces  . . . . 17--19
                  A. Hutchinson   Some Practical Principles for Design of
                                  Maintainable Systems . . . . . . . . . . 20--23
                   J. Fucik and   
                        J. Kral   The hierarchy of program control
                                  structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24--32
                  Tadao Takaoka   The semantics of new while loop  . . . . 33--35
                  H. M. Mahmoud   The Expected Distribution of Degrees in
                                  Random Binary Search Trees . . . . . . . 36--37
             K. G. Kulkarni and   
                 M. P. Atkinson   EFDM: Extended Functional Data Model . . 38--46
                M. A. Bassiouni   System and Program Models of Storage
                                  Allocation for Reducing Seek Delay . . . 47--51
                   F. Suraweera   Use of Doubly Chained Tree Structures in
                                  File Organisation for Optimal Searching  52--59
                  I. P. Stewart   Quadtrees: Storage and Scan Conversion   60--75
            H. Edelsbrunner and   
                  G. Haring and   
                  David Hilbert   Rectangular Point Location in ${D}$
                                  Dimensions with Applications . . . . . . 76--82
                      L. Capper   A philosophy for the teaching of
                                  computer science and information
                                  technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--89
             M. P. Georgeff and   
                    G. K. Gupta   Resources Needed for a University
                                  Computer Science Department  . . . . . . 90--95

The Computer Journal
Volume 29, Number 2, April, 1986

          A. P. Jagodzinski and   
                   D. D. Clarke   A review of methods for measuring and
                                  describing users' attitudes as an
                                  essential constituent of systems
                                  analysis and design  . . . . . . . . . . 97--102
                  J. Jarosz and   
               J. R. Jaworowski   Computer Tree --- the Power of Parallel
                                  Computations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103--108
                   N. Natarajan   A distributed synchronisation scheme for
                                  communicating processes  . . . . . . . . 109--117
        K. Viswanathan Iyer and   
                  L. M. Patnaik   Performance Study of a Centralized
                                  Concurrency Control Algorithm for
                                  Distributed Database Systems Using
                                  Simula . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118--126
               N. M. Pitman and   
               F. W. Burton and   
                   E. W. Haddon   Buddy Systems with Selective Splitting   127--134
                  A. Hutchinson   A data structure and algorithm for a
                                  self-augmenting heuristic program  . . . 135--150
                    D. Ince and   
                     M. Woodman   The rapid generation of a class of
                                  software tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151--160
             J. T. Boardman and   
                G. C. A. Robson   Towards a Problem-Solving Methodology
                                  for Coping with Increasing Complexity:
                                  an Engineering Approach  . . . . . . . . 161--166
                     J. Bradley   Use of Mean Distance Between Overflow
                                  Records to Compute Average Search
                                  Lengths in Hash Files with Open
                                  Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167--170
                    J. M. Pallo   Enumerating, Ranking and Unranking
                                  Binary Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171--175
               F. D. Libera and   
                       F. Gosen   Using B-Trees to Solve Geographic Range
                                  Queries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176--181
             J. T. Boardman and   
                 C. Garrett and   
                G. C. A. Robson   A Recursive Algorithm for the Optimal
                                  Solution of a Complex Allocation Problem
                                  Using a Dynamic Programming Formulation  182--186
                 J. S. Rohl and   
                   T. D. Gedeon   The Reve's puzzle  . . . . . . . . . . . 187--188
                     T. Y. Chen   Dynamic Approach Towards Software
                                  Science  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189--189

The Computer Journal
Volume 29, Number 3, June, 1986

                  Joan M. Smith   The implications of SGML for the
                                  preparation of scientific publications   193--200
                   H. Thimbleby   Experiences of `Literate Programming'
                                  Using Cweb (A Variant of Knuth's Web)    201--211
                 P. Ein-Dor and   
                       E. Segev   Attitudes, association and success of
                                  MIS: some empirical results from
                                  research in the context of a business
                                  game . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212--221
            D. M. Episkopou and   
              A. T. Wood-Harper   Towards a framework to choose
                                  appropriate IS approaches  . . . . . . . 222--228
                J. P. Elloy and   
                        O. Roux   Electre: a Language for Control
                                  Structuring in Real Time . . . . . . . . 229--234
                    I. D. Craig   The Ariadne-1 blackboard system  . . . . 235--240
 George K. Papakonstantinou and   
                    John Kontos   Knowledge Representation with Attribute
                                  Grammars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241--245
             M. H. Williams and   
                        G. Chen   Translating Pascal for Execution on a
                                  Prolog-Based System  . . . . . . . . . . 246--252
                    R. T. House   Alternative Scope Rules for
                                  Block-Structured Languages . . . . . . . 253--260
                    E. Wong and   
                   W. B. Samson   The specification of a relational
                                  database (PRECI) as an abstract data
                                  type and its realisation in HOPE . . . . 261--268
               D. J. Taylor and   
                    J. P. Black   A locally correctable B-tree
                                  implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269--276
                C. C. Chang and   
                   R. C. T. Lee   A Letter-oriented Minimal Perfect
                                  Hashing Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--281
                G. W. Smith and   
             J. B. H. Du Boulay   The generation of cryptic crossword
                                  clues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282--284

The Computer Journal
Volume 29, Number 4, August, 1986

            S. J. Mullender and   
                A. S. Tanenbaum   The design of a capability-based
                                  distributed operating system . . . . . . 289--299
                     B. Randell   System Design and Structuring  . . . . . 300--306
                    R. G. Stone   On the Choice of Grammar and Parser for
                                  the Compact Analytical Encoding of
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307--314
                P. A. Luker and   
                       A. Burns   Program Generators and Generation
                                  Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315--321
                 G. Cantone and   
                A. Cimitile and   
                  U. De Carlini   Well-Formed Conversion of Unstructured
                                  One-In/One-Out Schemes for Complexity
                                  Measurement and Program Maintenance  . . 322--329
               N. E. Fenton and   
                   R. W. Whitty   Axiomatic Approach to Software
                                  Metrication Through Program
                                  Decomposition  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--339
                S. J. Young and   
                     C. Proctor   UFL: an Experimental Frame Language
                                  Based on Abstract Data Types . . . . . . 340--347
                 P. Feldman and   
                      D. Miller   Entity Model Clustering: Structuring a
                                  Data Model by Abstraction  . . . . . . . 348--360
                      J. Carden   The structural stability of corporate
                                  and devolved databases . . . . . . . . . 361--367
            Y. Manolopoulos and   
              J. G. Kollias and   
                 M. Hatzopoulos   Sequential Vs. Binary Batched Searching  368--372
              N. E. Wiseman and   
                    S. Nedunuri   Computing Random Fields  . . . . . . . . 373--377
                  James Bradley   Join Dependencies in Relational
                                  Databases and the Geometry of Spatial
                                  Grids  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378--380
                 D. C. Ince and   
                  S. Hekmatpour   Empirical Evaluation of Random Testing   380--380

The Computer Journal
Volume 29, Number 5, October, 1986

                      N. Rushby   A knowledge engineering approach to
                                  instructional design . . . . . . . . . . 385--389
                  M. Joseph and   
                      P. Pandya   Finding Response Times in a Real-Time
                                  System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390--395
                J. P. Penny and   
               P. J. Ashton and   
                A. L. Wilkinson   Data Recording and Monitoring for
                                  Analysis of System Response Times  . . . 396--403
               H. Barringer and   
                      I. Mearns   A proof system for Ada tasks . . . . . . 404--415
                   J. M. Foster   Validating Microcode Algebraically . . . 416--422
              R. D. Dowsing and   
                     R. Elliott   Programming a Bounded Buffer Using the
                                  Object and Path Expression Constructs of
                                  Path Pascal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423--429
                       M. C. Er   The use of termination indicators in
                                  computer programming . . . . . . . . . . 430--433
                  A. D. Woodall   Techniques of Program Design . . . . . . 434--435
                 W. C. Chen and   
                   J. S. Vitter   Deletion Algorithms for Coalesced
                                  Hashing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436--450
                S. Pramanik and   
                     F. Fotouhi   Index Database Machine . . . . . . . . . 451--457
                     S. Jajodia   Recognizing Multivalued Dependencies in
                                  Relation Schemas . . . . . . . . . . . . 458--459
                   A. Blair and   
                 I. Sommerville   DSA --- a Tool for Descriptive Text
                                  Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460--466
                     M. Rom and   
                     S. Bergman   A new technique for automatic contouring
                                  and contour representation from
                                  machine-readable spatial data  . . . . . 467--471
                F. Fabbrini and   
                     C. Montani   Autumnal Quadtrees . . . . . . . . . . . 472--474
                     B. Shackel   IBM Makes Usability as Important as
                                  Functionality  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475--476
                   J. M. Wilson   A weighted mark-scaling algorithm  . . . 477--477

The Computer Journal
Volume 29, Number 6, December, 1986

           C. J. van Rijsbergen   A Non-Classical Logic for Information
                                  Retrieval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481--485
                      R. M. Lea   VLSI and WSI Associative String
                                  Processors for Cost-Effective Parallel
                                  Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 486--494
                 W. F. Clocksin   Automatic specialisation of standard
                                  designs  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495--499
           M. Elizabeth C. Hull   Implementations of the CSP Notation for
                                  Concurrent Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 500--505
              L. M. Patnaik and   
                     Julie Basu   Two Tools for Interprocess Communication
                                  in Distributed Data-Flow Systems . . . . 506--521
               R. R. Levary and   
                  W. D. Edwards   Analysing the Impact of Adding a New
                                  Software System on Main Memory Usage . . 522--526
                  D. Mackay and   
                    G. Ball and   
                   M. Crowe and   
                  M. Hughes and   
                 D. Jenkins and   
                       C. Nicol   A UNIX-based system for software
                                  configuration management . . . . . . . . 527--530
                  P. Pandya and   
                      M. Joseph   A structure-directed total correctness
                                  proof rule for recursive procedure calls 531--537
                  A. J. Cowling   Type Checking in Polymorphic Languages   538--544
                       P. Leith   Fundamental Errors in Legal Logic
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545--552
                  M. Ancona and   
             L. De Floriani and   
                   J. S. Deogun   Path Problems in Structured Graphs . . . 553--563
            K. J. MacCallum and   
                    J.-M. Zhang   Curve-Smoothing Techniques Using
                                  B-Splines  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564--571
                       V. Akman   Writing self-replicating code  . . . . . 573--574


The Computer Journal
Volume 30, Number 1, 1987

                     Leslie Fox   Obituary: Dr. J. H. Wilkinson, F.R.S.    1--1
                  D. Benyon and   
                    S. Skidmore   Towards a Tool Kit for the Systems
                                  Analyst  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--7
                H. K. Klein and   
               R. A. Hirschheim   A comparative framework of data
                                  modelling paradigms and approaches . . . 8--15
                  R. H. Gallard   An extension in the definition of a
                                  Petri net execution  . . . . . . . . . . 16--19
                 S. Tsutsui and   
                    Y. Fujimoto   Deadlock Prevention in Process Control
                                  Computer Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--26
            R. C. Backhouse and   
                  A. A. Khamiss   A while-rule in Martin-Löf's theory of
                                  types  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27--36
                A. G. Middleton   Some Transformations of Relevance to
                                  Report Generation  . . . . . . . . . . . 37--42
                     G. Oulsnam   The algorithmic transformation of
                                  schemas to structured form . . . . . . . 43--51
            J. A. W. Faidhi and   
                 S. K. Robinson   Programmer Experience Level Indicators   52--62
                     D. C. Ince   The automatic generation of test data    63--69
                     J. S. Rohl   Towers of Hanoi: the Derivation of Some
                                  Iterative Versions . . . . . . . . . . . 70--76
                  P. M. Fenwick   A fast-carry adder with CMOS
                                  transmission gates . . . . . . . . . . . 77--79
                       T. Raita   An automatic system for file compression 80--86
                     A. J. Cole   Compaction Techniques for Raster Scan
                                  Graphics Using Space-Filling Curves  . . 87--92

The Computer Journal
Volume 30, Number 2, April, 1987

              A. Verrijn-Stuart   Themes and Trends in Information
                                  Systems: TC8, 1975--1985 . . . . . . . . 97--109
            L. M. Mackenzie and   
              A. M. Macleod and   
                    D. J. Berry   A multiple microprocessor system for
                                  CPU-bound calculations . . . . . . . . . 110--118
               I. A. Newman and   
             R. P. Stallard and   
                 M. C. Woodward   A hybrid multiple processor garbage
                                  collection algorithm . . . . . . . . . . 119--127
             I. Sommerville and   
                 R. Welland and   
                        S. Beer   Describing Software Design Methodologies 128--133
                   H. Barringer   Up and down the Temporal Way . . . . . . 134--148
                J. A. Llewellyn   Data Compression for a Source with
                                  Markov Characteristics . . . . . . . . . 149--156
                 S. M. Deen and   
                 R. R. Amin and   
                   M. C. Taylor   Implementation of a prototype for PRECI* 157--162
                S. Nedunuri and   
                  N. E. Wiseman   Displaying Random Surfaces . . . . . . . 163--167
            C. M. A. Castle and   
              M. L. V. Pitteway   An efficient structural technique for
                                  encoding `best-fit' straight lines . . . 168--175
            A. Unnikrishnan and   
            Y. V. Venkatesh and   
                  Priti Shankar   Connected Component Labelling Using
                                  Quadtrees --- A Bottom-Up Approach . . . 176--182
                     H. Berghel   Crossword Compilation with Horn Clauses  183--188
                 M. J. Jamieson   A note on the convergence of an
                                  iterative scheme for solving a quadratic
                                  equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189--190

The Computer Journal
Volume 30, Number 3, June, 1987

                G. S. Blair and   
              J. A. Mariani and   
                J. R. Nicol and   
                    D. Shepherd   A knowledge-based operating system . . . 193--200
                   C. M. Reeves   Chainmail: a Model of First-Fit Memory
                                  Allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201--213
               P. C. Burkimsher   Combinator Reduction in a Shared-Memory
                                  Multiprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214--222
              N. S. Coulter and   
               R. B. Cooper and   
                  M. K. Solomon   Information-Theoretic Complexity of
                                  Program Specifications . . . . . . . . . 223--227
               K. A. Redish and   
                    W. F. Smyth   Evaluating Measures of Program Quality   228--232
                 J. K. Navlakha   A survey of system complexity metrics    233--238
                        D. Gray   A pedagogical verification condition
                                  generator  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239--248
                    C. C. Chang   An Information Protection Scheme Based
                                  Upon Number Theory . . . . . . . . . . . 249--253
                      B. Teufel   System design for the remote execution
                                  of library routines  . . . . . . . . . . 254--257
                  C.-L. Wey and   
                    F. Lombardi   On a Novel Self-Test Approach to Digital
                                  Testing  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258--267
                 J. C. Nash and   
                      S. Shlien   Simple Algorithms for the Partial
                                  Singular Value Decomposition . . . . . . 268--275
                    S. Wade and   
                  J. Henstridge   Note on Algorithm 117: Buffered output
                                  in FORTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276--276
                 B. A. Wichmann   Note on Algorithm 121: RSA key
                                  calculation in Ada . . . . . . . . . . . 276--276
                 I. D. Hill and   
             B. A. Wichmann and   
                  D. R. Woodall   Algorithm 123: Single transferable vote
                                  by Meek's method . . . . . . . . . . . . 277--281
                       M. C. Er   An efficient implementation of
                                  permutation backtracking in
                                  lexicographic order  . . . . . . . . . . 282--282
                     D. Salomon   A design for an efficient NOR-gate only,
                                  binary-ripple adder with
                                  carry-completion-detection logic . . . . 283--285

The Computer Journal
Volume 30, Number 4, August, 1987

                        M. Sowa   A method for speeding up serial
                                  processing in dataflow computers by
                                  means of a program counter . . . . . . . 289--294
                    Cs. Kecskes   A simple method for building up large
                                  computer systems from small computers    295--297
             J. Van Leeuwen and   
                      R. B. Tan   Interval Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 298--307
              D. J. Challab and   
                  J. D. Roberts   Buddy Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . 308--315
                 D. A. Duce and   
              E. V. C. Fielding   Formal Specification --- a Comparison of
                                  Two Techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316--327
          Cristina Sernadas and   
                    R. Carapuca   The role of conceptual modelling
                                  abstractions in compiler development . . 328--336
                       P. Leith   A programmed, skeleton formal
                                  specification method: the OUFDM  . . . . 337--342
                   J. K. Mullin   Accessing textual documents using
                                  compressed indexes of arrays of small
                                  Bloom filters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343--348
                P. A. Firby and   
                    D. J. Stone   Colour Manipulation of Superposed
                                  Families of Curves . . . . . . . . . . . 349--354
               F. W. Burton and   
              V. J. Kollias and   
                  J. G. Kollias   A general PASCAL program for map overlay
                                  of quadtrees and related problems  . . . 355--361
                  A. I. Verkamo   Performance of Quicksort Adapted for
                                  Virtual Memory Use . . . . . . . . . . . 362--371
                  S. Dvorak and   
                      B. Durian   Stable Linear Time Sublinear Space
                                  Merging  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372--375
                   D. Gault and   
                       M. Clint   A Fast Algorithm for the Towers of Hanoi
                                  Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376--378
                      T. H. Tse   Towards a Single Criterion for
                                  Identifying Program Unstructuredness . . 378--380

The Computer Journal
Volume 30, Number 5, October, 1987

                 W. F. Clocksin   Principles of the Delphi Parallel
                                  Inference Machine  . . . . . . . . . . . 386--392
                  P. Kacsuk and   
                        A. Bale   DAP Prolog: a Set-Oriented Approach to
                                  Prolog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393--403
                D. McGregor and   
                 S. McInnes and   
                     M. Henning   An architecture for associative
                                  processing of large knowledge bases
                                  (LKBs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404--412
              B. M. Forrest and   
                  D. Roweth and   
                  N. Stroud and   
              D. J. Wallace and   
                   G. V. Wilson   Implementing Neural Network Models on
                                  Parallel Computers . . . . . . . . . . . 413--419
           A. F. W. Coulson and   
              J. F. Collins and   
                       A. Lyall   Protein and Nucleic Acid Sequence
                                  Database Searching: a Suitable Case for
                                  Parallel Processing  . . . . . . . . . . 420--424
              H. R. Arabnia and   
                   M. A. Oliver   A transputer network for the arbitrary
                                  rotation of digitised images . . . . . . 425--432
                      S. G. Akl   Adaptive and Optimal Parallel Algorithms
                                  for Enumerating Permutations and
                                  Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433--436
                   F. W. Burton   Functional programming for concurrent
                                  and distributed computing  . . . . . . . 437--450
               J. M. Foster and   
                   I. F. Currie   Remote Capabilities  . . . . . . . . . . 451--457
                       A. Segev   Optimising two-way joins in horizontally
                                  partitioned database systems . . . . . . 458--468
                 D. Godfrey and   
                    S. Gong and   
                    R. Hart and   
                N. Koorland and   
                        S. Smit   Project `Clear Skies': teaching computer
                                  science by computer based training and
                                  electronic messaging in China  . . . . . 469--474
                    H. Timbleby   Optimising self-replicating programs . . 475--476

The Computer Journal
Volume 30, Number 6, December, 1987

               P. J. Mayhew and   
                 P. A. Dearnley   An alternative prototyping
                                  classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481--484
                 M. Ramshaw and   
              A. P. Steward and   
                      D. Stoves   An intelligent retrieval and
                                  presentation system for management
                                  information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485--486
                 Julie Basu and   
              L. M. Patnaik and   
                  A. K. Goswami   Ordered Ports --- a language concept for
                                  high-level distributed programming . . . 487--497
            J. C. M. Baeten and   
             J. A. Bergstra and   
                     J. W. Klop   Ready-Trace Semantics for Concrete
                                  Process Algebra with the Priority
                                  Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498--506
                      T. H. Tse   The Identification of Program
                                  Unstructuredness: a Formal Approach  . . 507--511
                   R. G. Dromey   Derivation of Sorting Algorithms from a
                                  Specification  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512--518
                   Lisa Bertino   An evaluation of precompilation and
                                  interpretation in distributed database
                                  management systems . . . . . . . . . . . 519--528
            Y. Manolopoulos and   
              D. Kleftouris and   
                      L. Petrou   A model for an ISAM file with multiple
                                  overflow chains  . . . . . . . . . . . . 529--534
                C. C. Chang and   
                     C. Y. Chen   Performance Analysis of the Generalised
                                  Disc Modulo Allocation Method for
                                  Multiple Key Hashing Files on Multi-Disc
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535--540
              G. V. Cormack and   
              R. N. S. Horspool   Data Compression Using Dynamic Markov
                                  Modelling  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541--550
                 G. M. Gwei and   
                      E. Foxley   A flexible synonym interface with
                                  application examples in CAL and help
                                  environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551--557
                  J. Parker and   
                 A. Kennard and   
                        D. King   The `window' terminal  . . . . . . . . . 558--564
         Y. P. Manolopoulos and   
           J.-Y. G. Kollias and   
                   F. W. Burton   Batched Interpolation Search . . . . . . 565--568
                       M. C. Er   Lexicographic Listing and Ranking of
                                  ${T}$-Ary Trees  . . . . . . . . . . . . 569--572


The Computer Journal
Volume 31, Number 1, February, 1988

                H. T. Jankowitz   Detecting Plagiarism in Student Pascal
                                  Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--8
                     L. Allison   Some Applications of Continuations . . . 9--11
                   M. Razaz and   
              J. L. Schonfelder   Test Procedures for Measurement of
                                  Floating-Point Characteristics of
                                  Computing Environments . . . . . . . . . 12--16
               Martin Davis and   
                 Elaine Weyuker   Metric Space-Based Test-Data Adequacy
                                  Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--24
                   R. A. Clarke   Judicial understanding of information
                                  technology: the case of the Wombat ROMs  25--33
                 C. Egyhazy and   
                    K. Triantis   A query processing algorithm for
                                  distributed relational database systems  34--40
                   W. Kiessling   Access Path Selection in Databases with
                                  Intelligent Disc Subsystems  . . . . . . 41--50
             L. J. Henschen and   
                    B. P. Weems   A top-down inference procedure for
                                  template dependencies  . . . . . . . . . 51--55
             W. R. Franklin and   
                       V. Akman   Adaptive Grid for Polyhedral Visibility
                                  in Object Space: an Implementation . . . 56--60
                       M. C. Er   A Simple Algorithm for Generating
                                  Non-Regular Trees in Lexicographic Order 61--64
             I. Stojmenovic and   
                    M. Miyakawa   Applications of a Subset-Generating
                                  Algorithm to Base Enumeration, Knapsack
                                  and Minimal Covering Problems  . . . . . 65--70
               Mirka Miller and   
                        I. Fris   Minimum diameter of diregular digraphs
                                  of degree $2$  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71--75
                    S. M. Selim   Split Vertices in Vertex Colouring and
                                  Their Application in Developing a
                                  Solution to the Faculty Timetable
                                  Problem  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76--82
               G. M. Megson and   
                    D. J. Evans   The unification of systolic differencing
                                  algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83--91

The Computer Journal
Volume 31, Number 2, April, 1988

                M. Atkinson and   
                 P. Buneman and   
                    R. Morrison   Binding and Type Checking in Database
                                  Programming Languages  . . . . . . . . . 99--109
               D. S. Moffat and   
                  P. M. D. Gray   Perlog: a Prolog with Persistence and
                                  Modules  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110--115
                Liping Zhao and   
                  S. A. Roberts   An object-oriented data model for
                                  database modelling, implementation and
                                  access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116--124
                    Carol Small   The implementation of the Exegesis
                                  system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125--132
             M. H. Williams and   
                K. A. Nicholson   An approach to handling incomplete
                                  information in databases . . . . . . . . 133--140
                     J. Bradley   Polygon Join Dependencies, Closed
                                  Co-Relationship Chains and the
                                  Connection Trap in Relational Databases  141--146
                  J. R. Ullmann   Fast Implementation of Relational
                                  Operations via Inverse Projections . . . 147--154
            M. M. Owrang O. and   
                   L. L. Miller   Query Translation Based on Hypergraph
                                  Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155--164
              F. B. Bastani and   
              S. S. Iyengar and   
                     I-Ling Yen   Concurrent Maintenance of Data
                                  Structures in a Distributed Environment  165--174
                 S. M. Deen and   
               M. C. Taylor and   
               P. A. Ingram and   
                   K. W. Rayner   A distributed directory database system
                                  for telecommunications . . . . . . . . . 175--181
                 Kathleen Spurr   A data dictionary approach to teaching
                                  information systems analysis . . . . . . 182--189

The Computer Journal
Volume 31, Number 3, June, 1988

                  D. Morris and   
              C. J. Theaker and   
                P. B. Whitehead   Structured Abstract Schematics . . . . . 193--200
                    F. Lombardi   Analysis of Comparison-Based Diagnosable
                                  Systems Using Temporal Criteria  . . . . 201--208
          M. Gopalakrishnan and   
                  L. M. Patnaik   Medium Access Control Schemes for Local
                                  Area Networks with Multiple Priority
                                  Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--219
                 R. E. Griswold   Programming with Generators  . . . . . . 220--228
             P. G. Harrison and   
                H. Khoshnevisan   Algebraic Transformation Techniques for
                                  Functional Languages . . . . . . . . . . 229--242
                   F. W. Burton   Nondeterminism with Referential
                                  Transparency in Functional Programming
                                  Languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243--247
                  R. E. Prather   Comparison and Extension of Theories of
                                  Zipf and Halstead  . . . . . . . . . . . 248--252
                 D. A. Bell and   
             F. J. McErlean and   
              P. M. Stewart and   
                    W. Arbuckle   Clustering Related Tuples in Databases   253--257
          Kathryn S. Dawson and   
   Lorraine M. Purgailis Parker   From Entity-Relationship Diagrams to
                                  Fourth Normal Form: a Pictorial Aid to
                                  Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258--268
           Th. P. van der Weide   Iterative Tree Traversal Using
                                  Refinements and Pointer Rotation . . . . 269--275
                    D. Richards   On the Worst-Possible Analysis of
                                  Weighted Comparison-Based Algorithms . . 276--278
                  S. Dvorak and   
                      B. Durian   Unstable Linear Time O(1) Space Merging  279--282
                       M. C. Er   A fast algorithm for generating set
                                  partitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283--284
                 K. Subieta and   
                  K. Anacki and   
                     M. Missala   Overlay Clusters for C Programs  . . . . 285--286

The Computer Journal
Volume 31, Number 4, August, 1988

        J.-M. Hélary and   
                N. Plouzeau and   
                      M. Raynal   A Distributed Algorithm for Mutual
                                  Exclusion in an Arbitrary Network  . . . 289--295
                     G. P. Parr   Enhanced Address Resolution in a
                                  Multi-LAN Ethernet Communications System 296--303
                    M. Zaki and   
                 M. M. Elboraey   Analysis of Reliability Models for
                                  Interconnecting MIMD Systems . . . . . . 304--312
                  W. T. Roberts   A Formal Specification of the QMC
                                  Message System: the Underlying Abstract
                                  Model  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313--324
                    Z. Fang and   
                   J. S. Deogun   Closure Properties of Certain Classes of
                                  Languages Under Generalized Morphic
                                  Replication  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325--329
                      P. Sipala   Efficient Implementation of Binary Trees
                                  in LISP Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--335
                       L. Orman   Functional Database Constraints  . . . . 336--343
                O. C. Akinyokun   The experimental study of CODASYL
                                  database/administration at the secondary
                                  storage level  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344--352
                  C. Anedda and   
                    L. Felician   P-Compressed Quadtress for Image Storing 353--357
                    R. Williams   The Goblin Quadtree  . . . . . . . . . . 358--363
                   C. Lucas and   
                       G. Mitra   Computer-Assisted Mathematical
                                  Programming (Modelling) Systems: CAMPS   364--375
                     J. Mingers   Comparing conceptual models and data
                                  flow diagrams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376--379
               D. E. Avison and   
              G. Fitzgerald and   
              A. T. Wood-Harper   Information systems development: a tool
                                  kit is not enough  . . . . . . . . . . . 379--380

The Computer Journal
Volume 31, Number 5, October, 1988

              N. Bjorn-Andersen   Are `human factors' human? . . . . . . . 386--390
                P. N. Le Quesne   Individual and organisational factors
                                  and the design of IPSEs  . . . . . . . . 391--397
              R. Hirschheim and   
                      M. Newman   Information systems and user resistance:
                                  theory and practice  . . . . . . . . . . 398--408
          A. P. Jagodzinski and   
                   D. D. Clarke   A multidimensional approach to the
                                  measurement of human-computer
                                  performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409--419
                   Susan Harker   The use of prototyping and simulation in
                                  the development of large-scale
                                  applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420--425
                K. D. Eason and   
                   Susan Harker   The supplier's role in the design of
                                  products for organisations . . . . . . . 426--430
                D. A. Tyldesley   Employing usability engineering in the
                                  development of office products . . . . . 431--436
                  D. Morris and   
              C. J. Theaker and   
                R. Phillips and   
                        W. Love   Human-computer interface recording . . . 437--444
                 P. Barnard and   
                  M. Wilson and   
                     A. Maclean   Approximate modelling of cognitive
                                  activity with an expert system: a
                                  theory-based strategy for developing an
                                  interactive design tool  . . . . . . . . 445--456
                  A. Dillon and   
                C. McKnight and   
                  J. Richardson   Reading from paper versus reading from
                                  screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457--464
                  D. Benyon and   
                  Dianne Murray   Experience with adaptive interfaces  . . 465--473
                       J. Pachl   Two livelock-free protocols for slotted
                                  rings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474--476

The Computer Journal
Volume 31, Number 6, December, 1988

                    R. Maes and   
              J. E. M. Van Dijk   On the role of ambiguity and
                                  incompleteness in the design of decision
                                  tables and rule-based systems  . . . . . 481--489
                   P. Goyal and   
                T. S. Narayanan   Dictionary machine with improved
                                  performance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490--495
                    R. Cole and   
                 Clare Foxcroft   An experiment in clock synchronisation   496--502
                      G. O'Shea   Controlling the dependency of user
                                  access control mechanisms on correctness
                                  of user identification . . . . . . . . . 503--509
                  P. F. Gibbins   VDM: axiomatising its propositional
                                  logic  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510--516
                   M. C. Henson   Higher-order transformations and type
                                  simulations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517--524
                John Kontos and   
                 J. C. Cavouras   Knowledge acquisition from technical
                                  texts using attribute grammars . . . . . 525--530
                   P. A. Bailes   An advanced problem-oriented
                                  introduction to imperative programming
                                  with Modula-2  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531--539
                  A. Dearle and   
                    A. L. Brown   Safe browsing in a strongly typed
                                  persistent environment . . . . . . . . . 540--544
                    Z. J. Czech   Efficient implementation of detection of
                                  undefined variables  . . . . . . . . . . 545--549
                 G. Guariso and   
                    H. Werthner   A software base for environmental
                                  studies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550--552
         S. Dvo\vrák and   
                    B. \vDurian   Merging by decomposition revisited . . . 553--556
                       M. C. Er   A smooth reshuffling algorithm for
                                  solving the Bulterman's problem  . . . . 557--560
               F. Suraweera and   
                  J. M. Al-Anzy   Analysis of a modified address
                                  calculation sorting algorithm  . . . . . 561--563
                       J. Pallo   Some properties of the rotation lattice
                                  of binary trees  . . . . . . . . . . . . 564--565
                C. C. Chang and   
                    C. Y. Cheng   A recursive performance formula of the
                                  disc modulo allocation method for binary
                                  Cartesian product files  . . . . . . . . 565--566
               G. M. Megson and   
                    D. J. Evans   Improved matrix product computation
                                  using double-pipeline systolic arrays    567--569
         M. H. Rennhackkamp and   
                S. H. von Solms   On using an abstract model of
                                  distributed database concurrency control
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570--572


The Computer Journal
Volume 32, Number 1, February, 1989

                  T. H. Tse and   
                        L. Pong   Towards a formal foundation for DeMarco
                                  data flow diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 1--12
                    C. Mitchell   Multi-destination secure electronic mail 13--15
                    T. Bell and   
                      A. Moffat   A note on the DMC data compression
                                  scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--20
                  S. Hekmatpour   A window manager for UNIX  . . . . . . . 21--23
              B. Freisleben and   
                    J. L. Keedy   Priority semaphores  . . . . . . . . . . 24--28
                 P. Corsini and   
                 G. Frosini and   
                    G. Speranza   The parallel interpretation of logic
                                  programs in distributed architectures    29--35
              B. Edupuganty and   
                   B. R. Bryant   Two-level grammar as a functional
                                  programming language . . . . . . . . . . 36--44
                 I. P. Page and   
                    R. T. Jacob   The solution of mutual exclusion
                                  problems which can be described
                                  graphically  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--54
                N. Parimala and   
                 N. Prakash and   
               B. L. N. Rao and   
                     N. Bolloju   A query facility to a network DBMS . . . 55--62
                  A. Hutchinson   Inheritance and kinds of slots . . . . . 63--67
               J. Culberson and   
                    J. I. Munro   Explaining the behaviour of binary
                                  search trees under prolonged updates: a
                                  model and simulations  . . . . . . . . . 68--75
                       M. C. Er   Classes of admissible permutations that
                                  are generatable by depth-first
                                  traversals of ordered trees  . . . . . . 76--85
              A. R. Halbert and   
              S. J. P. Todd and   
                 J. R. Woodwark   Generalizing active zones for
                                  set-theoretic solid models . . . . . . . 86--89
                   M. Negri and   
               G. Pelagatti and   
                   L. Sbattella   Semantics and problems of universal
                                  quantification in SQL  . . . . . . . . . 90--91
                  M. Sideri and   
               S. Efremidis and   
            G. Papakonstantinou   Semantically driven parsing of
                                  context-free languages . . . . . . . . . 91--93
                 M. J. Jamieson   Rapidly converging iterative formulae
                                  for finding square roots and their
                                  computational efficiencies . . . . . . . 93--94

The Computer Journal
Volume 32, Number 2, April, 1989

                R. J. M. Hughes   Why Functional Programming Matters . . . 98--107
                   R. Frost and   
                  J. Launchbury   Constructing natural language
                                  interpreters in a lazy functional
                                  language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--121
                     R. S. Bird   Algebraic identities for program
                                  calculation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122--126
              L. Augustsson and   
                    T. Johnsson   The Chalmers Lazy-ML compiler  . . . . . 127--141
                 S. C. Wray and   
                   J. Fairbairn   Non-Strict Languages --- Programming and
                                  Implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142--151
             Adrienne Bloss and   
                P. R. Hudak and   
                    J. H. Young   An optimising compiler for a modern
                                  functional language  . . . . . . . . . . 152--161
                S. B. Jones and   
                 A. F. Sinclair   Functional programming and operating
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162--174
          Simon L. Peyton Jones   Parallel implementations of functional
                                  programming languages  . . . . . . . . . 175--186
                 Xue-Miao M. Lu   An iterative solution for the $4$-peg
                                  Towers of Hanoi  . . . . . . . . . . . . 187--189

The Computer Journal
Volume 32, Number 3, June, 1989

                  K. P. Tan and   
                 T. S. Chua and   
                      P. T. Lee   AUTO-DFD: an intelligent data flow
                                  processor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194--201
               A. N. Godwin and   
                 M. B. Gore and   
                     D. W. Salt   A comparison of JSD and DFD as
                                  descriptive tools  . . . . . . . . . . . 202--211
                 M. A. Shepherd   A fixed-size Bloom filter for searching
                                  textural documents . . . . . . . . . . . 212--219
            A. El-Hamdouchi and   
                     P. Willett   Comparison of hierarchic agglomerative
                                  clustering methods for document
                                  retrieval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220--227
              J. Katajainen and   
                       T. Raita   An approximation algorithm for
                                  space-optimal encoding of a text . . . . 228--237
                     E. Makinen   On implementing two adaptive
                                  data-compression schemes . . . . . . . . 238--240
                   K. W. Yu and   
                       T. L. Yu   Data encryption based upon time reversal
                                  transformations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 241--245
                  M. Rahman and   
                 S. Misbahuddin   Effect of a binary symmetric channel on
                                  the synchronisation recovery of variable
                                  length codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246--251
                 L. H. Ngoh and   
                  T. P. Hopkins   Transport Protocol Requirements for
                                  Distributed Multimedia Information
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252--261
                 G. G. Scarrott   The nature of information  . . . . . . . 262--266
                A. Schipler and   
                   R. Simon and   
               P. Desarzens and   
                 J.-A. Sengstag   Efficient implementation of rendezvous   267--272
                   J. M. Wilson   Crossword compilation using integer
                                  programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273--275
                 H. Berghel and   
                          C. Yi   Crossword compiler-compilation . . . . . 276--280
                  B. Djokic and   
                M. Miyakawa and   
               S. Sekiguchi and   
                   I. Semba and   
                 I. Stojmenovic   A fast iterative algorithm for
                                  generating set partitions  . . . . . . . 281--282

The Computer Journal
Volume 32, Number 4, August, 1989

                  P. M. Yelland   First steps towards fully abstract
                                  semantics for object-oriented languages  290--296
               D. G. Kafura and   
                      K. H. Lee   Inheritance in actor based concurrent
                                  object-oriented languages  . . . . . . . 297--304
                     W. R. Cook   A proposal for making Eiffel type-safe   305--311
                  R. K. Raj and   
                     H. M. Levy   A compositional model for software reuse 312--322
                G. N. Dixon and   
           G. D. Parrington and   
          S. K. Shrivastava and   
                  S. M. Wheater   The treatment of persistent objects in
                                  Arjuna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323--332
                 E. Laenens and   
                   F. Staes and   
                     D. Vermeir   Browsing a la carte in object-oriented
                                  databases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333--340
              T. P. Hopkins and   
                  M. I. Wolczko   Writing Concurrent Object-Oriented
                                  Programs using Smalltalk-80  . . . . . . 341--350
                   M. C. Cooper   Formal hierarchical object models for
                                  fast template matching . . . . . . . . . 351--361
               R. G. Melhem and   
            D. M. Chiarulli and   
                  S. P. Levitan   Space multiplexing of waveguides in
                                  optically interconnected multiprocessor
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362--369
              J. P. Bennett and   
                    G. C. Smith   The need for reduced byte stream
                                  instruction sets . . . . . . . . . . . . 370--373
                    C. Mitchell   Another Postage Stamp Problem  . . . . . 374--376
                       A. Oxley   Calculating earthworks volumes --- an
                                  exercise in geometric algorithms . . . . 377--379

The Computer Journal
Volume 32, Number 5, October, 1989

             I. Sommerville and   
                     R. Thomson   An approach to the support of software
                                  evolution  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386--398
                  M. W. Shields   Implicit system specification and the
                                  interface equation . . . . . . . . . . . 399--412
            R. M. Gallimore and   
                 D. Coleman and   
                   V. Stavridou   UMIST OBJ: a language for executable
                                  program specifications . . . . . . . . . 413--421
             C. S. McDonald and   
                     L. Allison   Denotational Semantics of a Command
                                  Interpreter and their Implementation in
                                  Standard ML  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422--431
                 B. A. Wichmann   Towards a formal specification of
                                  floating point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432--436
              L. V. Mancini and   
               G. P. Pappalardo   Proving correctness properties of a
                                  replicated synchronous program . . . . . 437--444
              V. P. Heuring and   
                 U. Kastens and   
              R. G. Plummer and   
                    W. M. Waite   COMAR: a data format for integration of
                                  CFG tools  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445--452
                P. Tsanakas and   
            N. Alexandridis and   
            G. Papakonstantinou   An FP-based design methodology for
                                  problem-oriented architectures . . . . . 453--460
                D. I. Bevan and   
                 G. L. Burn and   
                R. J. Karia and   
                   J. D. Robson   Principles for the design of a
                                  distributed memory architecture for
                                  parallel graph reduction . . . . . . . . 461--469
                       M. C. Er   A new algorithm for generating binary
                                  trees using rotations  . . . . . . . . . 470--473
                J. A. Ellis and   
                 P. M. Lepolesa   A Las Vegas graph colouring algorithm    474--476

The Computer Journal
Volume 32, Number 6, December, 1989

           D. F. Brailsford and   
                    R. J. Beach   Electronic publishing --- a journal and
                                  its production . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482--493
                      R. Furuta   An object-based taxonomy for abstract
                                  structure in document models . . . . . . 494--504
                       H. Brown   Standards for structured documents . . . 505--514
                     I. Ritchie   Hypertext-moving towards large volumes   516--523
                   R. A. Morris   Rendering digital type: a historical and
                                  economic view of technology  . . . . . . 524--532
                   P. S. Licker   Human resource management and business
                                  success in small, hi-tech firms: some
                                  lessons for data processing  . . . . . . 533--540
             D. A. Umphress and   
                U. W. Pooch and   
                       M. Tanik   Fast prototyping of a goal-oriented
                                  simulation environment system  . . . . . 541--548
                   J. R. Parker   On the conversion of filled polygonal
                                  regions from raster to vector
                                  representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549--553
                G. H. Kirby and   
             M. Visvalingam and   
                        P. Wade   Recognition and representation of a
                                  hierarchy of polygons with holes . . . . 554--562
                    A. Quin and   
                  Y. Yanagisawa   On data compaction of scanning curves    563--566
              A. D. Robison and   
               B. J. Hafner and   
                   S. S. Skiena   Eight pieces cannot cover a chess board
                                  (search technique) . . . . . . . . . . . 567--570
                 M. Cosnard and   
                 A. G. Ferreira   Generating permutations on a VLSI
                                  suitable linear network  . . . . . . . . 571--573


The Computer Journal
Volume 33, Number 1, February, 1990

                 K. H. Baik and   
                   L. L. Miller   Topological approach for testing
                                  equivalence in heterogeneous relational
                                  databases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--10
                    N. L. Sarda   Algebra and Query Language for A
                                  Historical Data Model  . . . . . . . . . 11--18
                  M. Levene and   
                      G. Loizou   The nested relation type model: an
                                  application of domain theory to
                                  databases  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--30
                    M. Azmoodeh   BRMQ: a database interface facility
                                  based on graph traversals and extended
                                  relationships on groups of entities  . . 31--39
                 D. A. Bell and   
                    J. Shao and   
           M. Elizabeth C. Hull   Integrated Deductive Database System
                                  Implementation. A Systematic Study . . . 40--48
                   M. C. Taylor   Logical optimisation of distributed
                                  knowledge base queries . . . . . . . . . 49--60
               T. P. Martin and   
                  K. H. Lam and   
                Judy I. Russell   An Evaluation of Site Selection
                                  Algorithms for Distributed Query
                                  Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61--70
                 D. Agrawal and   
                   A. El Abbadi   Integrating Security with Fault-tolerant
                                  Distributed Databases  . . . . . . . . . 71--78
               R. Mukkamala and   
                   S. C. Bruell   Efficient schemes to evaluate
                                  transaction performance in distributed
                                  database systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 79--89

The Computer Journal
Volume 33, Number 2, April, 1990

                 R. E. Griswold   String Scanning in the Icon Programming
                                  Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--107
             P. C. Philbrow and   
                 M. P. Atkinson   Events and exception handling in
                                  PS-Algol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108--125
               R. G. Dromey and   
                  T. A. Chorvat   Structure Clashes --- An Alternative to
                                  Program Inversion  . . . . . . . . . . . 126--132
                  M. O. Jokinen   Parameter Transmission Abstractions  . . 133--139
                       G. Whale   Identification of Program Similarity in
                                  Large Populations  . . . . . . . . . . . 140--146
               G. L. Davies and   
                       A. Burns   The Teaching Language Pascal-FC  . . . . 147--154
                 C. F. Reynolds   CODIL: The Architecture of an
                                  Information Language . . . . . . . . . . 155--163
         Gerald D. P. Dueck and   
              Gordon V. Cormack   Modular Attribute Grammars . . . . . . . 164--172
               Marian Petre and   
                      R. Winder   On Languages, Models and Programming
                                  Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--180
                 H. Berghel and   
                      R. Rankin   A Proposed Standard for Measuring
                                  Crossword Compilation Efficiency . . . . 181--184
            R. Govindarajan and   
                  L. M. Patnaik   Lenient Execution and Concurrent
                                  Execution of Re-entrant Routines:
                                  Efficient Implementation in Data Flow
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185--187

The Computer Journal
Volume 33, Number 3, June, 1990

                O. G. Plata and   
             J. D. Bruguera and   
               F. F. Rivera and   
                  R. Doallo and   
                   E. L. Zapata   ACLE: a Software Package for SIMD
                                  Computer Simulation  . . . . . . . . . . 194--203
                  S. Gulati and   
              S. S. Iyengar and   
                      J. Barhen   The Pebble-crunching Model for
                                  Fault-tolerant Load Balancing in
                                  Hypercube Ensembles  . . . . . . . . . . 204--214
                   K. W. Ng and   
                    H. F. Leung   Competition: A Model of AND-Parallel
                                  Execution of Logic Programs  . . . . . . 215--218
           Camille C. Price and   
                   M. A. Salama   Scheduling of Precedence-Constrained
                                  Tasks on Multiprocessors . . . . . . . . 219--229
                D. Abramson and   
                        G. Egan   The RMIT Data Flow Computer: A Hybrid
                                  Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230--240
                     S. Dey and   
                  P. K. Srimani   A New Parallel Sorting Algorithm and its
                                  Efficient VLSI Implementation  . . . . . 241--246
                   P. Chaudhuri   Finding and updating depth-first
                                  spanning trees of acyclic digraphs in
                                  parallel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247--251
                F.-. C. Lin and   
                        K. Chen   On the design of an integrated systolic
                                  array for solving simultaneous linear
                                  equations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252--260
                   G. M. Megson   An efficient double pipe systolic array
                                  for matrix product . . . . . . . . . . . 261--265
                       H. Wills   Fundamentals of Pricing and Scheduling
                                  Computer Services and Investment in
                                  Computer Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 266--273
                     J. S. Rohl   Reversing is not inherent in
                                  lexicographical permutation generation   274--278
               F. W. Burton and   
              J. G. Kollias and   
             D. G. Matsakis and   
                  V. G. Kollias   Implementation of overlapping B-trees
                                  for time and space efficient
                                  representation of collections of similar
                                  files  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279--280
                 G. Xunrang and   
                     Z. Yuzhang   A New HEAPSORT Algorithm and the
                                  Analysis of Its Complexity . . . . . . . 281--282

The Computer Journal
Volume 33, Number 4, August, 1990

                C. Mitchell and   
                    D. Rush and   
                      M. Walker   A Secure Messaging Architecture
                                  Implementing the X.400-1988 Security
                                  Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290--295
             A. S. Fraenkel and   
                    S. T. Klein   Bidirectional Huffman coding . . . . . . 296--307
               R. L. Bailey and   
                   R. Mukkalama   Pipelining data compression algorithms   308--313
                     P. Fenwick   Performance Measurements on a 39 km
                                  Extended Ethernet  . . . . . . . . . . . 314--322
                     Y. Pan and   
                      R. Melhem   Short circuits in buffered multi-stage
                                  interconnection networks . . . . . . . . 323--329
               F. W. Burton and   
              G. P. McKeown and   
            V. J. Rayward-Smith   Applications of UET scheduling theory to
                                  the implementation of declarative
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330--336
                  D. Alcock and   
                       D. Brown   PRAXIS: A Program for Reproducing
                                  Proforma Design Calculations . . . . . . 337--343
                  M. Ancona and   
             L. De Floriani and   
                   J. S. Deogun   Structured spanning trees  . . . . . . . 344--355
                 R. Feldman and   
                 M. C. Golumbic   Optimization algorithms for student
                                  scheduling via constraint satisfiability 356--364
                   B. K. Haddon   Cycle-Sort: A Linear Sorting Method  . . 365--367
               B. J. Oommen and   
                    D. T. H. Ng   On Generating Random Permutations with
                                  Arbitrary Distributions  . . . . . . . . 368--374
                   H. Miyakoshi   A Literal Code Method for Minimizing
                                  Boolean Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . 375--380
                  T. H. Merrett   Scoping is not orthogonal to
                                  completeness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381--381

The Computer Journal
Volume 33, Number 5, October, 1990

              S. B. M. Bell and   
                    D. C. Mason   Tesseral Quaternions for the Octtree . . 386--397
                  A. Hunter and   
                   P. J. Willis   A note on the optimal labelling of
                                  quadtree nodes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398--401
                  K. G. Suffern   Quadtree Algorithms for Contouring
                                  Functions of Two Variables . . . . . . . 402--407
                 L. R. Neal and   
              M. L. V. Pitteway   Yet More Circle Generators . . . . . . . 408--411
                        B. Pham   Algorithms for calculating cubic
                                  Beta-splines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412--416
                  P. Puliti and   
                     G. Tascini   Interpreting Technical Drawings  . . . . 417--423
                   F. Dehne and   
                   L. Ficocelli   An efficient computational geometry
                                  method for detecting dotted lines in
                                  noisy images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424--428
                 L. Moltedo and   
                    A. Noferini   An Implementation of $7$-bit Character
                                  Encoding for Standard Computer Graphics
                                  Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429--436
             F. Neelamkavil and   
                   O. Mullarney   Separating Graphics from Application in
                                  the Design of User Interfaces  . . . . . 437--443
                M. Bilodeau and   
                   D. Laguitton   Development of Screen Management
                                  Subroutines Compatible with Microsoft
                                  FORTRAN Compiler . . . . . . . . . . . . 444--452
                      K. Bowden   Kron's method of tearing on a Transputer
                                  Array  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453--459
                     L. Allison   Continuations Implement Generators and
                                  Streams  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460--465
                   T. H. Axford   Reference Counting of Cyclic Graphs for
                                  Functional Programs  . . . . . . . . . . 466--470
                   A. Andersson   A Note on the Expected Behaviour of
                                  Binary Tree Traversals . . . . . . . . . 471--472
                    G. Alia and   
                  E. Martinelli   VLSI Binary-Residue Converters for
                                  Pipelined Processing . . . . . . . . . . 473--475

The Computer Journal
Volume 33, Number 6, December, 1990

                    K. L. Clark   Parallel logic programming . . . . . . . 482--493
              Kazunori Ueda and   
           Takashi C. Chikayama   Design of the kernel language for the
                                  parallel inference machine . . . . . . . 494--500
                  I. Foster and   
               C. Kesselman and   
                      S. Taylor   Concurrency: Simple Concepts and
                                  Powerful Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501--507
                     I. Shizgal   The Amoeba-Prolog System . . . . . . . . 508--517
                    J. G. Wolff   Simplicity and power --- some unifying
                                  ideas in computing . . . . . . . . . . . 518--534
                K. G. Waugh and   
             M. H. Williams and   
                    Q. Kong and   
                 S. Salvini and   
                        G. Chen   Designing SQUIRREL: an extended SQL for
                                  a deductive database system  . . . . . . 535--546
                N. W. Paton and   
                  P. M. D. Gray   Optimising and executing DAPLEX queries
                                  using Prolog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547--555
                  H. J. Roberts   Expert Systems Clubs: Design Methods . . 556--561
               G. M. Megson and   
                    D. J. Evans   A systolic array solution for the
                                  assignment problem . . . . . . . . . . . 562--569
                     T. Y. Chen   On the consistency of multi-valued
                                  functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570--572


The Computer Journal
Volume 34, Number 1, February, 1991

                  A. J. J. Dick   An introduction to Knuth--Bendix
                                  completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2--15
              A. J. J. Dick and   
                      P. Watson   Order-sorted term rewriting  . . . . . . 16--19
                 M. Hermann and   
                C. Kirchner and   
                    H. Kirchner   Implementations of term rewriting
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20--33
                      T. Nipkow   Constructive rewriting . . . . . . . . . 34--41
                    P. Padawitz   Reduction and narrowing for Horn clause
                                  theories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42--51
                      P. Kacsuk   A Parallel Prolog Abstract Machine and
                                  its Multi-Transputer Implementation  . . 52--63
                      J. Paakki   Prolog in Practical Compiler Writing . . 64--72
                       L. Orman   Constraint Maintenance as a Data Model
                                  Design Criterion . . . . . . . . . . . . 73--79
              F. B. Bastani and   
                 I.-R. Chen and   
                       W. Hilal   A model for the stability analysis of
                                  maintenance strategies for linear list   80--87
                    M. A. Weiss   Empirical Study of the Expected Running
                                  Time of Shellsort  . . . . . . . . . . . 88--91
                 J.-. L. Wu and   
                    S.-T. Cheng   A neural network simulating system . . . 92--93

The Computer Journal
Volume 34, Number 2, April, 1991

               D. E. Avison and   
              A. T. Wood-Harper   Information systems development
                                  research: an exploration of ideas in
                                  practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98--112
                       F. Noble   Seven Ways to Develop Office Systems: A
                                  Managerial Comparison of Office System
                                  Development Methodologies  . . . . . . . 113--121
                   C.-C. D. Poo   Representing business policies in the
                                  Jackson system development method  . . . 122--131
            A. G. Sutcliffe and   
                        I. Wang   Integrating human computer interaction
                                  with Jackson system development  . . . . 132--142
                  T. H. Tse and   
                        L. Pong   An examination of requirements
                                  specification languages  . . . . . . . . 143--152
                    J. Trenouth   A Survey of Exploratory Software
                                  Development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153--163
       M. Elizabeth C. Hull and   
           P. G. O'Donoghue and   
                    B. J. Hagan   Development Methods for Real-Time
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164--172
                   A. Burns and   
                   A. M. Lister   A Framework for Building Dependable
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173--181
                  P. Hammersley   Information Systems Design Methodologies
                                  --- Book Reviews . . . . . . . . . . . . 182--185
                D. Campbell and   
                     T. McNeill   Finding a Majority When Sorting is Not
                                  Available  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186--186

The Computer Journal
Volume 34, Number 3, June, 1991

                   M. V. Wilkes   The Maturing of VLSI --- and its
                                  Consequences for the Computer Industry   193--194
                  M. Ancona and   
                A. Clematis and   
             L. De Floriani and   
                       E. Puppo   HIDEL: A Language for Hierarchical VLSI
                                  Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195--206
                   B. Wilkinson   Comparative Performance of Overlapping
                                  Connectivity Multiprocessor
                                  Interconnection Networks . . . . . . . . 207--214
                      A. Olerup   Design Approaches: A Comparative Study
                                  of Information System Design and
                                  Architectural Design . . . . . . . . . . 215--224
           M. H. O'Docherty and   
               C. N. Daskalakis   Multimedia Information Systems --- The
                                  Management and Semantic Retrieval of all
                                  Electronic Data Types  . . . . . . . . . 225--238
                    P. King and   
                       C. Small   Default databases and incomplete
                                  information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239--244
                    R. Marshall   Manipulating Full-text Scientific
                                  Databases: A Logic-based
                                  Se\-man\-tico-prag\-matic Approach . . . 245--253
                  I. A. Macleod   A Query Language for Retrieving
                                  Information from Hierarchic Text
                                  Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--264
                  K. Morgan and   
               R. L. Morris and   
                       S. Gibbs   When does a mouse become a rat? or
                                  \ldotsComparing performance and
                                  preferences in direct manipulation and
                                  command line environment . . . . . . . . 265--271
The Rt. Hon. The Earl Of Halsbury   Innovation for Failure --- Some
                                  Reflections on the Work of the NRDC
                                  Relevant to the Early History of the
                                  Computer Industry in the UK  . . . . . . 272--274
The Rt. Hon. The Earl Of Halsbury   Ten Years of Computer Development  . . . 275--279
                       V. Akman   Short notes: Implementation of Karp-Luby
                                  Monte Carlo method: an exercise in
                                  approximate counting . . . . . . . . . . 279--282
                K. Wicovsky and   
             P. F. Thanisch and   
                 M. H. Williams   Improved recursion handling through
                                  integrity constraints  . . . . . . . . . 282--285

The Computer Journal
Volume 34, Number 4, August, 1991

                     Ian Watson   Editorial: Concurrent Programming  . . . 289--289
                 H. Kingdon and   
               D. R. Lester and   
                     G. L. Burn   The HDG-Machine: a Highly Distributed
                                  Graph-Reducer for a Transputer Network   290--301
               D. B. Skillicorn   Practical Concurrent Programming for
                                  Parallel Machines  . . . . . . . . . . . 302--310
                  J. Padget and   
                R. Bradford and   
                       J. Fitch   Concurrent Object-Oriented Programming
                                  in Lisp  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311--319
                     M.-C. Pong   I-Pigs: an interactive graphical
                                  environment for concurrent programming   320--330
        E. J. Yannakoudakis and   
                   A. A. Shahid   A Controlled Environment for
                                  Meta-Message Processing  . . . . . . . . 331--344
                   K-B. Yue and   
                    R. T. Jacob   An efficient starvation-free semaphore
                                  solution for the graphical mutual
                                  exclusion problem  . . . . . . . . . . . 345--349
                      S. Khanna   Logic Programming for Software
                                  Verification and Testing . . . . . . . . 350--357
                  J. Vanthienen   Algorithm 124: A Longest Path Algorithm
                                  to Display Decision Tables . . . . . . . 358--362
               A. P. Hammersley   Algorithm 125: Efficient Two-Dimensional
                                  Fast Fourier Transform Subroutines for
                                  Real-Valued or Hermitian data  . . . . . 362--370
                 W. Dobosiewicz   Algorithm 126: Linear Probing Sort . . . 370--373
                J. K. Slape and   
                P. J. L. Wallis   Algorithm 127: A modification of Sale's
                                  algorithm to accommodate FORTRAN 77  . . 373--376
                 A. Stewart and   
                    C. Holt and   
                   M. Clint and   
                     R. Perrott   Algorithm 128: A DAP FORTRAN subroutine
                                  for thinning digitised pictures  . . . . 377--379
                     E. Makinen   Efficient Generation of
                                  Rotational-Admissible Codewords for
                                  Binary Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379--379
                   C. Brink and   
             I. M. Rewitzky and   
                  R. A. Schmidt   Autodescriptivity: beware! . . . . . . . 380--381

The Computer Journal
Volume 34, Number 5, October, 1991

                   David Watson   Editorial: Data Structures . . . . . . . 385--385
                  D. J. Challab   Implementation of Flexible Arrays Using
                                  Balanced Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386--396
                  B. Srinivasan   An adaptive overflow technique to defer
                                  splitting in B-trees . . . . . . . . . . 397--405
                    W. F. Smyth   Mu-balancing M-way Search Trees  . . . . 406--414
            S. P. Dandamudi and   
                 P. G. Sorenson   Improved Partial-Match Search Algorithms
                                  for BD Trees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415--422
                  S. Olariu and   
           C. M. Overstreet and   
                        Z. Wenn   A mergeable double-ended priority queue  423--427
                    D. Naor and   
               C. U. Martel and   
                  N. S. Matloff   Performance of Priority Queue Structures
                                  in a Virtual Memory Environment  . . . . 428--437
                E. Mäkinen   A survey on binary tree codings  . . . . 438--443
                        G. Argo   Weighting Without Waiting: the Weighted
                                  Path Length Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . 444--449
                  P. M. Fenwick   A New Technique for Self-Organising
                                  Linear Searches  . . . . . . . . . . . . 450--454
                Seng Fat Ou and   
                  Alan L. Tharp   High Storage Utilisation for
                                  Single-Probe Retrieval Linear Hashing    455--468
                C. C. Chang and   
                 C. Y. Chen and   
                      J. K. Jan   On the design of a machine-independent
                                  perfect hashing scheme . . . . . . . . . 469--474
                 P. Ru\vzi\vcka   A note on the efficiency of an interval
                                  routing algorithm  . . . . . . . . . . . 475--476

The Computer Journal
Volume 34, Number 6, December, 1991

                 Andrew Herbert   Editorial: Distributed Systems . . . . . 481--481
                 W. B. Daszczuk   A Structured Semantic Design of
                                  Distributed Operating Systems  . . . . . 482--492
                  N. T. Son and   
                       Y. Paker   Adaptive deadlock-free packet routing in
                                  transputer-based multiprocessor
                                  interconnection networks . . . . . . . . 493--502
                 L. Mancini and   
              S. K. Shrivastava   Fault-Tolerant Reference Counting for
                                  Garbage Collection in Distributed
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503--513
               J. Dollimore and   
                 E. Miranda and   
                        Xu Wang   The Design of a System for Distributing
                                  Shared Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514--521
                  M. S. Verrall   Unity Doesn't Imply Unification or
                                  Overcoming Heterogeneity Problems in
                                  Distributed Software Engineering
                                  Environments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522--533
                 D. Agrawal and   
                     A. Malpani   Efficient Dissemination of Information
                                  in Computer Networks . . . . . . . . . . 534--541
                  L. H. Geesink   The Coordination of Distributed Active
                                  Messages in a Dynamic Network Topology   542--550
                 P. Bodorik and   
                  J. S. Riordon   Threshold Values for Processing
                                  Distributed Queries  . . . . . . . . . . 551--558
                      D. Michie   Methodologies from Machine Learning in
                                  Data Analysis and Software . . . . . . . 559--565
                 Lu Lahodynskyj   Structure Clashes  . . . . . . . . . . . 566--568
                     J. S. Rohl   Ord-Smith's pseudo-lexicographical
                                  permutation procedure is the
                                  Tompkins-Paige algorithm . . . . . . . . 569--570
                      K. K. Lau   Top-down synthesis of sorting algorithm  A001--A007
                     D. A. Watt   Modular description of programming
                                  languages  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A009--A028
                  S. Dvorak and   
                      B. Durian   Decomposition merging with symmetric
                                  exchanges  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A029--A033
                    R. Marshall   Discourse and natural-language text
                                  analysis: functional grammar approach    A035--A060
               W. W. L. Lee and   
                   D. S. Bowers   A relational database simulator  . . . . A061--A072
                    V. Goel and   
                Y. V. Venkatesh   On an optimal and faster construction of
                                  linear quadtrees from raster-scanned
                                  images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A073--A083
                     W. Wah and   
                      S. G. Akl   Simulating multiple memory accesses in
                                  logarithmic time and linear space  . . . A085--A088
                 C. J. Wang and   
                   C. H. Wu and   
                   V. P. Nelson   A study of the generalized multiple
                                  bus-connected parallel computer  . . . . A089--A094
                 A. Ghafoor and   
                   F. Y. Farhat   Dynamic concurrency control algorithms
                                  for large distributed database systems   A095--A104
               B. J. Oommen and   
                    D. C. Y. Ma   Stochastic automata solutions to the
                                  object partitioning problem  . . . . . . A105--A120
               V. S. Alagar and   
                   P. Goyal and   
                 P. S. Nair and   
                       F. Sadri   Integrated magic set method: a rule
                                  rewrite scheme for optimising linear
                                  datalog programs . . . . . . . . . . . . A121--A129


The Computer Journal
Volume 7, Number ??, 1992

                     G. Tredoux   Mechanizing Execution Sequence Semantics
                                  in HOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81--86


The Computer Journal
Volume 35, Number 1, February, 1992

                   A. Burns and   
                J. McDermid and   
                      J. Dobson   On the Meaning of Safety and Security    3--15
                J.-J. Hwang and   
                 B.-M. Shao and   
                     P. C. Wang   A new access control method using prime
                                  factorisation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16--20
         M. V. D. Burmester and   
              Y. G. Desmedt and   
                        T. Beth   Efficient Zero-Knowledge Identification
                                  Schemes for Smart Cards  . . . . . . . . 21--29
                R. de Lemos and   
                   A. Saeed and   
                    T. Anderson   A train set as a case study for the
                                  requirements analysis of safety-critical
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30--40
        Christopher Hankins and   
                     John Vince   Book reviews: \em The SGML Handbook, by
                                  Charles Goldfarb, 1990; \em Fractal
                                  Creations, by Timothy Wegner and Mark
                                  Peterson, 1991 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40--40
                 B. A. Wichmann   A Note on the Use of Floating Point in
                                  Critical Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . 41--44
                  M. Ho Kim and   
                    S. Pramanik   Optimizing Database Accesses for
                                  Parallel Processing of Multikey Range
                                  Searches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--51
                 I. F. Akyildiz   Performance Analysis of a Multiprocessor
                                  System Model with Process Communication  52--61
            R. G. Börn and   
                  J. R. Kenevan   Theoretical Performance-Based
                                  Cost-Effectiveness of Multicomputers . . 62--70
                        H. Shen   Self-adjusting Mapping: A Heuristic
                                  Mapping Algorithm for Mapping Parallel
                                  Programs on to Transputer Networks . . . 71--80
                        D. Kaur   Hierarchical Hypernet for Pipelining . . 81--87
                M. Vassallo and   
                     A. Ralston   Algorithms for De Bruijn Sequences --- A
                                  Case Study in the Empirical Analysis of
                                  Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88--90

The Computer Journal
Volume 35, Number 2, April, 1992

                     W. Sun and   
                    W. Meng and   
                          C. Yu   Query Optimisation in Distributed
                                  Object-Oriented Database Systems . . . . 98--107
                  J. A. Mariani   Oggetto: An Object Oriented Database
                                  Layered on a Triple Store  . . . . . . . 108--118
               A. Poulovassilis   The Implementation of FDL, a Functional
                                  Database Language  . . . . . . . . . . . 119--128
              J. S. H. Yang and   
                 Y. H. Chin and   
                    C. G. Chung   Many-Sorted First-Order Logic Database
                                  Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129--137
             P. G. Harrison and   
                H. Khoshnevisan   The Mechanical Transformation of Data
                                  Types  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138--147
       Th. P. van der Weide and   
      A. H. M. ter Hofstede and   
                  P. van Bommel   Uniquest: Determining the Semantics of
                                  Complex Uniqueness Constraints . . . . . 148--156
                  T. Conlon and   
                     S. Gregory   Debugging Tools for Concurrent Logic
                                  Programming  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157--169
             S. J. Thompson and   
                     R. D. Lins   The Categorical Multi-Combinator
                                  Machine: CMCM  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170--176
              O. Nevalainen and   
                       T. Raita   An Internal Hybrid Sort Algorithm
                                  Revisited  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177--183

The Computer Journal
Volume 35, Number 3, June, 1992

          Maristella Agosti and   
         Pier Giorgio Marchetti   User Navigation in the IRS Conceptual
                                  Structure through a Semantic Association
                                  Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194--199
                    D. C. Blair   Information Retrieval and the Philosophy
                                  of Language  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200--207
                P. D. Bruza and   
            T. P. Van Der Weide   Stratified Hypermedia Structures for
                                  Information Disclosure . . . . . . . . . 208--220
              Alison Cawsey and   
             Julia Galliers and   
               Steven Reece and   
             Karen Sparck Jones   Automating the Librarian: Belief
                                  Revision as a Base for System Action and
                                  Communication with the User  . . . . . . 221--232
             Y. Chiaramella and   
                J. P. Chevallet   About Retrieval Models and Logic . . . . 233--242
                   Norbert Fuhr   Probabilistic Models in Information
                                  Retrieval  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243--255
            David J. Harper and   
            Andrew D. M. Walker   ECLAIR: an Extensible Class Library for
                                  Information Retrieval  . . . . . . . . . 256--267
                Alan F. Smeaton   Progress in the Application of Natural
                                  Language Processing to Information
                                  Retrieval Tasks  . . . . . . . . . . . . 268--278
           Howard R. Turtle and   
                 W. Bruce Croft   A Comparison of Text Retrieval Models    279--290
           C. J. van Rijsbergen   Probabilistic Retrieval Revisited  . . . 291--298
                    David Gries   Correspondence: On ``Finding a Majority
                                  When Sorting is Not Available''  . . . . 298--298
                C. C. Chang and   
                 H. Y. Chen and   
                     C. Y. Chen   Symbolic Gray Code As a Data Allocation
                                  Scheme for Two-Disc Systems  . . . . . . 299--305

The Computer Journal
Volume 35, Number 4, August, 1992

             S. W. Dietrich and   
                   M. Brown and   
            E. Cortes-Rello and   
                   S. Wunderlin   A Practitioner's Introduction to
                                  Database Performance Benchmarks and
                                  Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322--331
              D. H. O. Ling and   
                     D. A. Bell   Modelling and Managing Time in Database
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332--341
           E. Auramäki and   
             R. Hjrschheimi and   
                    K. Lyytinen   Modelling offices through discourse
                                  analysis: the SAMPO approach . . . . . . 342--352
                      M. Turega   A Computer Architecture to Support
                                  Neural Net Simulation  . . . . . . . . . 353--360
                  R. Manner and   
                      O. Stucky   Fault-Tolerant Data Transfer in a
                                  Multiprocessor System by Forward and
                                  Backward Hardware Error Recovery . . . . 361--368
               J. Rosenberg and   
                J. L. Keedy and   
                    D. Abramson   Addressing Mechanisms for Large Virtual
                                  Memories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369--375
                    R. A. Frost   Constructing Programs as Executable
                                  Attribute Grammars . . . . . . . . . . . 376--389
                C. C. Chang and   
                  H. F. Lin and   
                     C. Y. Chen   Optimality properties of the disc modulo
                                  allocation method for $k$-ary multiple
                                  key hashing files  . . . . . . . . . . . 390--394
                   R. Sprugnoli   Properties of Binary Trees Related to
                                  Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395--404
                     B. Parhami   Systolic Number Radix Converters . . . . 405--409

The Computer Journal
Volume 35, Number 5, October, 1992

                       J. Cooke   Editorial -- Formal Methods: What? Why?
                                  and When?  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417--418
                       J. Cooke   Formal methods --- Mathematics, Theory,
                                  Recipes or what? . . . . . . . . . . . . 419--423
                      A. Galton   Classical Logic: a Crash Course for
                                  Beginners  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424--430
                      A. Galton   Logic as a Formal Method . . . . . . . . 431--440
              J. C. P. Woodcock   The Rudiments of Algorithm Refinement    441--450
                     T. Clement   The Role of Data Reification in Program
                                  Refinement: Origins, Synthesis and
                                  Appraisal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451--459
                   H. Ehrig and   
                    B. Mahr and   
                 I. Classen and   
                      F. Orejas   Introduction to Algebraic Specification.
                                  Part 1: Formal Methods for Software
                                  Development  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460--467
                   H. Ehrig and   
                    B. Mahr and   
                      F. Orejas   Introduction to Algebraic Specification.
                                  Part 2: From Classical View to
                                  Foundations of System Specifications . . 468--477
            M. van Sinderen and   
          L. Ferreira Pires and   
                  C. A. Vissers   Protocol Design and Implementation Using
                                  Formal Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478--491
           E. Auramäki and   
              R. Hirschheim and   
                    K. Lyytinen   Modelling Offices Through Discourse
                                  Analysis: A Comparison and Evaluation of
                                  SAMPO with OSSAD and ICN . . . . . . . . 492--500
                  B. Czejdo and   
                   M. C. Taylor   Integration of Information Systems Using
                                  an Object-Oriented Approach  . . . . . . 501--513
  Harald Sòndergaard and   
                  Peter Sestoft   Non-Determinism in Functional Languages  514--523
             A. A. Bertossi and   
                  F. Luccio and   
                   L. Pagli and   
                        E. Lodi   Short notes: A parallel solution to the
                                  approximate string matching problem  . . 524--526
                  D. J. Challab   Short notes: Flexible arrays: evaluation
                                  of the B-tree based system . . . . . . . 527--529
                      D. Furber   Short notes: A survey of the teaching of
                                  programming to computing undergraduates
                                  in U.K. Universities and Polytechnics    530--533
                D. T. H. Ng and   
                   B. J. Oommen   Short notes: A short note on
                                  doubly-linked list re-organizing
                                  heuristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533--535
                 B. Jamison and   
                      S. Olariu   Short notes: Indexing for
                                  multi-attribute retrieval  . . . . . . . 535--537
                       F. Sadri   Data dependencies in deductive databases A415
                 K. N. Dandeker   Implementation of parameterised views in
                                  relational query languages with a macro
                                  processor  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A425
           V. T. H. Paschos and   
             A. N. Stafylopatis   Evaluation of the execution cost of
                                  recursive definitions  . . . . . . . . . A429
             F. Neelamkavil and   
                      S. O'Shea   Interfacing Eiffel and PCTE  . . . . . . A439
        E. J. Yannakoudakis and   
              H. A. Attar-Bashi   Constructing natural language sentences
                                  from database tuples . . . . . . . . . . A445
                 P. W. Oman and   
                  K. Van Houten   On the use of binary strings to
                                  represent tree structures  . . . . . . . A463

The Computer Journal
Volume 35, Number 6, December, 1992

                   J. K. Mullin   Hash functions for hash-based join
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A499--A503
               E. A. Boiten and   
              H. A. Partsch and   
                D. Tuijnman and   
                      N. Volker   How to Produce Correct Software --- An
                                  Introduction to Formal Specification and
                                  Program Development by Transformations   547--554
                 P. G. Harrison   A Higher-Order Approach to Parallel
                                  Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555--566
               P. G. Larsen and   
                        N. Plat   Standards for Non-Executable
                                  Specification Languages  . . . . . . . . 567--573
                     D. R. Kuhn   A Technique for Analyzing the Effects of
                                  Changes in Formal Specifications . . . . 574--578
              L. M. Barroca and   
                 J. A. McDermid   Formal methods: use and relevance for
                                  the development of safety-critical
                                  systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579--599
              L. T. Semmens and   
               R. B. France and   
                T. W. G. Docker   Integrated structured analysis and
                                  formal specification techniques  . . . . 600--610
               V. Mi\vsi\'c and   
           D. Vela\vsevi\'c and   
                 B. Lazarevi\'c   Formal Specification of a Data
                                  Dictionary for an Extended ER Data Model 611--622
                     G. O'Neill   Short note: Automatic translation of VDM
                                  specifications into Standard ML programs 623--624
                Trevor Clarkson   Book review: \em VLSI Design of Neural
                                  Networks, by Ulrich Ramacher and Ulrich
                                  Ruckert  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624--624
                       I. Bruha   AI Multilanguage System McPOPLOG: The
                                  Power of Communication Between its
                                  Subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625--629
                   F. Barsi and   
                  M. C. Pinotti   Adding Flexibility to Hybrid Number
                                  Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 630--635
                    I. J. Davis   A Fast Radix Sort  . . . . . . . . . . . 636--642
                B.-C. Huang and   
                 M. A. Langston   Fast stable merging and sorting in
                                  constant extra space . . . . . . . . . . 643--650
                  C. H. Lin and   
                C. C. Chang and   
                   R. C. T. Lee   A Record-Oriented Cryptosystem for
                                  Database Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . 658--660


The Computer Journal
Volume 36, Number 1, 1993

Keith van Rijsbergen, Editor-in-Chief   Welcome  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1--1
                David Hutchison   Special Issue Editorial: Distributed
                                  Multimedia Systems . . . . . . . . . . . 2
                    F. Horn and   
                  J. B. Stefani   On Programming and Supporting Multimedia
                                  Object Synchronisation . . . . . . . . . 4--18
              S. Ramanathan and   
               P. Venkat Rangan   Feedback techniques for intra-media
                                  continuity and inter-media
                                  synchronization in distributed
                                  multimedia systems . . . . . . . . . . . 19--31
            Phillip Lougher and   
                  Doug Shepherd   The Design of a Storage Server for
                                  Continuous Media . . . . . . . . . . . . 32--42
                   W. Tawbi and   
                    F. Horn and   
                 E. Horlait and   
                  J.-B. Stefani   Video Compression Standards and Quality
                                  of Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43--54
                    Ian Wakeman   Packetized video: options for
                                  interaction between the user, the
                                  network and the codec  . . . . . . . . . 55--67
              P. E. Tischer and   
               R. T. Worley and   
               A. J. Maeder and   
                     M. Goodwin   Context-based Lossless Image Compression 68--77
            M. Vazirgiannis and   
                     C. Mourlas   An object-oriented model for interactive
                                  multimedia presentations . . . . . . . . 78--86
                  H. M. Vin and   
                 M.-S. Chen and   
                    T. Barzilai   Collaboration Management in DiCE . . . . 87--96
                  S. C. Hui and   
                     A. Goh and   
                      L. H. Lau   A multimedia information system for IC
                                  failure analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . 97--105

The Computer Journal
Volume 36, Number 2, April, 1993

              J. Nievergelt and   
                    P. Widmayer   Guard Files: Stabbing and Intersection
                                  Queries on Fat Spatial Objects . . . . . 107--116
                  M. F. Challis   Two new techniques for computing
                                  extremal $h$-bases ${A}_k$ . . . . . . . 117--126
                      B. Knight   Information loss in temporal knowledge
                                  representations  . . . . . . . . . . . . 127--136
                  S. S. Yau and   
                     J. V. Gore   Paradigm lost: discovering the
                                  intersection of assertion-guided program
                                  construction and constraint-driven
                                  re-evaluation  . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137--142
                 N. Pliskin and   
                    T. Romm and   
                  A. S. Lee and   
                       Y. Weber   Presumed versus actual organizational
                                  culture: managerial implications for
                                  implementation of information systems    143--152
       M. Elizabeth C. Hull and   
               P. G. O'Donoghue   Family relationships between
                                  requirements and design specification
                                  methods  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153--167
                 C. Burdorf and   
                       J. Marti   Load balancing strategies for Time Warp
                                  on multi-user workstations . . . . . . . 168--176
                 V. Catania and   
               A. Puliafito and   
                        L. Vita   A model for performance evaluation of
                                  gracefully degrading systems . . . . . . 177--185
               R. J. Millar and   
       M. Elizabeth C. Hull and   
                   J. H. Frazer   The Millar Polyhedron and its use in the
                                  construction of octrees  . . . . . . . . 186--194
               A. Poulovassilis   A Pattern-Matching Algorithm for
                                  Functional Databases . . . . . . . . . . 195--199
             C. C. Charlton and   
                P. E. Dunne and   
                K. Halewood and   
                     P. H. Leng   An algorithm to generate random large
                                  combinational circuits . . . . . . . . . 200--206

The Computer Journal
Volume 36, Number 3, June, 1993

             J. van Leeuwen and   
                        D. Wood   Interval Heaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209--216
                       G. Rossi   Programs as Data in an Extended Prolog   217--226
                  M. Zviran and   
                     W. J. Haga   A comparison of password techniques for
                                  multilevel authentication mechanisms . . 227--237
                   G. Hains and   
                L. M. R. Mullin   Parallel Functional Programming with
                                  Arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238--245
                    S. J. Horng   Constant time algorithm for template
                                  matching on a reconfigurable array of
                                  processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246--253
     I. P. de Guzmán and   
             P. G. Harrison and   
                      E. Medina   Pipelines for Divide-and-Conquer
                                  Functions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254--268
                  W. Appelt and   
               N. Tetteh-Lartey   The formal specification of the ISO open
                                  document architecture (ODA) standard . . 269--279
                    M. A. Weiss   On Finding the Height of a Binary Search
                                  Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280--281
                   B. J. Oommen   Transforming ill-conditioned constrained
                                  problems using projections . . . . . . . 282--285